Ela Sharma DSAT Practice Tests

Digital SAT Math
5 Practice Tests
+ Refresher Course
2024 - 2025
Second Edition
ISBN: 9798875828584
Published in the United States of America.

Copyright © 2024 Dr. Ela Sharma
All rights reserved.
Version 2.01
No part of this book may be reproduced or distributed in any forms or means, without the written
permission of the author.
Email: tutorhubllc@gmail.com.
*SAT is a registered trademark of the College Board, which is not affiliated in the publication of, and does not endorse this
book.
Tutorhubllc
This page is intentionally left blank.
SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

2
About This Book
This book contains two parts:
Refresher Course
The first part is the synopsis of the required math areas, arranged in 27 sections. Each section contains the
fundamentals required to answer questions in that math area.
To win the SAT math sections, a student should know how to speed through the questions on the test and have enough
time left for the questions that are challenging to a student. Each section contains tips on what type of questions in the
respective section can be solved using the mental math, or the Desmos graphing calculator, or may not require any
calculation.
Digital SAT Math Practice Tests

This part contains 5 full-length SAT math tests that are written in the format of the digital adaptive tests. These
practice tests are created after meticulous analysis of the questions on the released digital SAT tests. The purpose of
these tests is to provide students with an opportunity to assess their preparedness and test themselves before taking the
adaptive tests in BluebookTM.
Practice tests 1 and 2 contain relatively easier questions in Module 2.
Practice tests 3, 4, and 5 contain relatively harder questions in Module 2.
The answer solutions to the questions that can be solved using the Desmos graphing calculator are marked with an
asterisk (*). To learn more on the Desmos graphing calculator please refer to the book titled “Desmos Graphing
Calculator: Digital SAT Math prep” by the author of this book.
After completing the five practice tests, a student will see familiar questions on the real SAT test. This should increase
“the comfort level” and alleviate “the anxiety”.
Disclaimer: Since the scoring of the tests in this book is not digital, having two adaptive Module 2 sections for each
test is not required. Instead, the author has created two easy module 2 tests and three hard module 2 tests.
How To Use This Book

Determine the Areas of Improvement before Beginning the SAT Preparation
Students can take the practice tests in this book and determine the skills/knowledge that need improvement. It is
recommended to take one practice test with easy Module 2 and one practice test with hard Module 2 to begin with. The
remaining tests can be taken at varying time intervals during the SAT preparation process or after the SAT preparation.
Access Preparedness after Completing the SAT Preparation

Students can take the practice tests in this book and determine if they are fully prepared for the SAT math section.
Students are encouraged to take the 5 math practice tests in this book before taking the practice tests in the BluebookTM
testing app. Since the practice tests in the BluebookTM testing app mimic the real SAT testing environment and scoring,
students are recommended to take them when they are fully prepared.
Take 1-to-2-day Crash Course

Students who are rushing to prepare for the SAT math in 1 or 2 days right before the test can familiarize themselves
with the required math concepts in the Refresher Course and take the 5 practice tests to familiarize themselves with the
type of questions that they will see on the SAT test. While this preparation does not guarantee an 800 score on the
math section, it will boost the score.
Students looking for a revision/cheat sheet right before the test can go over the 27 sections to refresh the math concepts
and take the practice tests to be prepared for the types of questions that they will see on the SAT math sections.

3
Note From the Author
My mission is to provide students preparing for the SAT math with resources that will improve their score
while maximizing study time. See the complete SAT math study plan below.
I wish good luck to all the students preparing for the SAT!!
Step 1: Go for the quick wins

Check out the type of questions
that can be quickly solved
utilizing Desmos graphing
calculator.
Learn from 50 use cases.
Step 2: Complete your study

Learn to maximize time and
build confidence.
Cover all required topics, with
200+ examples.
Practice 800+ questions.
Step 3: Test yourself

Access your preparedness.
Experience the type of
questions you will see on the
day of the test on the easy
and hard modules.

4
Table of Contents
Introduction to the Digital SAT..........................................................................................................................................7
Refresher Course.....................................................................................................................................................9
Commonly Used Terminology and Concepts...................................................................................................................11
Section 1 – Variables in Linear Equations and Expressions.............................................................................................13
Section 2 – Lines and Linear Functions............................................................................................................................14
Section 3 – System of Linear Equations...........................................................................................................................16
Section 4 – Linear Inequalities and System of Linear Inequalities...................................................................................17
Section 5 – Word Problems on Linear Equations and Inequalities...................................................................................18
Section 6 – Polynomial Functions....................................................................................................................................19
Section 7 – Quadratic Equations and Parabola.................................................................................................................20
Section 8 – Number of Solutions of Polynomial Expressions..........................................................................................22
Section 9 – Absolute Value...............................................................................................................................................23
Section 10 – Ratio, Fraction, Proportion, and Rate..........................................................................................................24
Section 11 – Percentage....................................................................................................................................................25
Section 12 – Exponents.....................................................................................................................................................26
Section 13 – Exponential Growth and Decay……...........................................................................................................27
Section 14 – Manipulating Expressions and Equations....................................................................................................29
Section 15 – Probability....................................................................................................................................................30
Section 16 – Reading Graphs............................................................................................................................................31
Section 17 – Histograms, Bar Graphs, and Dot Plots.......................................................................................................33
Section 18 – Mean, Median, Mode, Range, and Standard Deviation .............................................................................34
Section 19 – Median and Range in Box Plots...................................................................................................................36
Section 20 – Studies and Data Interpretation....................................................................................................................37
Section 21 – Circles..........................................................................................................................................................38
Section 22 – Lines and Angles..........................................................................................................................................40
Section 23 – Triangles.......................................................................................................................................................41
Section 24 – Quadrilaterals...............................................................................................................................................43
Section 25 – Three-Dimensional Figures..........................................................................................................................44
Section 26 – Trigonometry................................................................................................................................................45

5
Digital SAT Math Practice Tests.................................................................................................................47
Digital SAT Math Practice Test 1.....................................................................................................................................47
Answers to Digital SAT Math Practice Test 1..................................................................................................................58
Answers to Digital SAT Math Practice Test 2..................................................................................................................73
Answers to Digital SAT Math Practice Test 3.................................................................................................................89
Answers to Digital SAT Math Practice Test 4................................................................................................................106
Digital SAT Math Practice Test 5...................................................................................................................................111
Answers to Digital SAT Math Practice Test 5................................................................................................................124

6
Introduction to the Digital SAT
The full SAT Suite of Assessments is administered digitally to all students taking the SAT at international test centers
starting March 2023. Nationally (USA) the test will be digitally administered starting spring 2024.
The digital SAT continues to measure the same skills and knowledge as the paper and pencil test and continues to be
scored on the same scale as the paper and pencil test. The Reading and Writing section is scored on a scale of 200-800
and the Math section is scored on a scale of 200-800.
Each section of the digital SAT has two parts, known as modules.
Digital administration
Students will take the SAT on a laptop or tablet using a custom-built digital testing application, known as the
BluebookTM. Students are responsible for downloading the BluebookTM testing app and setting it up before the test day.
Students will be provided with scratch paper and can bring a pen or pencil.
The digital testing application starts with the first module of the Reading and Writing section and moves to the second
module after the time runs out on the first module. There is a 10-minute break at the end of the Reading and Writing
section. After the break the testing application moves to the first module of the Math section, followed by the second
module after the time runs out on the first module.
Students can move back and forth among questions in a module before time runs out.
Information on additional topics such as device requirements, device lending, accommodations, and what to bring on
test day can be obtained by visiting https://satsuite.collegeboard.org/digital and selecting the submenu of interest.
Adaptive test design

The second module of each section is adaptive.
Students begin each test section by answering the questions in the first module. This module contains a mix of easy,
medium, and hard questions. The questions in the second module are based on the performance of a student in the first
module. The better a student performs on the first module, the harder are the questions on the second module.
Number of questions and duration
Reading and Writing Section Math Section

1st module: 25 operational questions 1st module: 20 operational questions
Number of questions per and 2 pretest questions and 2 pretest questions
module 2nd module: 25 operational questions 2nd module: 20 operational questions
and 2 pretest questions and 2 pretest questions
1st module: 32 minutes 1st module: 35 minutes
Time per module
2nd module: 32 minutes 2nd module: 35 minutes
Total number of
questions 54 questions 44 questions
Total time allocated 64 minutes 70 minutes
Four-option multiple choice

Question type(s) Four-option multiple choice approximately 75% and student
produced responses approximately 25%
Only operational questions count towards the score. Pretest questions are included to aid the College Board with the
test development process and do not count towards the score. Since it is not possible to identify pretest questions on
the test, students should treat all questions equally important.

7
Digital SAT practice tests
Four full-length digital adaptive practice tests are available in the BluebookTM testing app. These tests mimic the actual
digital adaptive test interface, format, and scoring system. They are a valuable resource to familiarize students with the
digital platform interface and the adaptive nature of the test. Students can download the BluebookTM testing app and
sign-in using the College Board account to access these practice tests.
Additionally, pdf versions of four linear (nonadaptive) tests are available at the College Board website. Though they
are not adaptive and not taken digitally, they provide students with an additional resource for the digital test format and
type of questions.
Digital SAT math section

The four math content domains for the digital SAT along with the required skills and the question distribution for each
content domain are shown in the table below. Mapping of sections in this book to the four math content domains is
included.
Content Skill/Knowledge Required Operation Question Section in this

Domain Distribution Book
Linear equations in one variable.
Linear equations in two variables.
Approximately 35%
Algebra Linear functions. 1, 2, 3, 4
with 13-15 questions
Systems of two linear equations in two variables.
Linear inequalities in one or two variables.
Equivalent expressions.
Nonlinear equations in one variable and systems of Approximately 35%
Advanced Math 5, 6, 7, 10, 11
equations in two variables. with 13-15 questions
Nonlinear functions.
Ratios, rates, proportional relationships, and units.
Percentages.
One-variable data: distributions and measures of
Problem- center and spread.
Approximately 15%
Solving and Two-variable data: models and scatterplots. 8, 9, 12
with 5-7 questions
Data Analysis Probability and conditional probability.
Inference from sample statistics and margin of
error. Evaluating statistical claims: observational
studies and experiments.
Area and volume.
Geometry and Lines, angles, and triangles. Approximately 15%
13, 14
Trigonometry Right triangles and trigonometry. with 5-7 questions
Circles.
The four-option multiple choice questions and the student produced response questions are distributed throughout each
math module.
Calculators are allowed for all the math questions. Students may use their own approved calculator on test day or
utilize the Desmos graphing calculator embedded in the BluebookTM testing app.
The availability of the Desmos graphing calculator is an advantage. Several math questions on the SAT, a few
seemingly hard, can be solved within seconds with the Desmos graphing calculator. Students not familiar with the
graphing calculator do not need to stress. This book contains examples of several questions that can be solved utilizing
basic features of the Desmos graphing calculator.
Disclaimers:
* The information on digital adaptive SAT summarized above is taken from the College Board website.

8
Refresher
Course

9
This page is intentionally left blank

10
Commonly Used Terminology and Concepts
𝒙𝒙𝒙𝒙-plane and ordered pair
The 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane refers to a coordinate system that has a horizontal 𝑥𝑥-axis and a vertical 𝑦𝑦-axis. See figure below. The axes are
perpendicular to each other and intersect at a point known as the origin. Each point in the coordinate system has a coordinate
on the 𝑥𝑥-axis and a coordinate on the 𝑦𝑦-axis, collectively known as the ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). For example, in the figure below,
the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of point A is 3 and the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate is 1. The ordered pair is (3, 1).
𝑦𝑦
4
3
Origin (0, 0) II 2 I
1 𝐴𝐴
𝑥𝑥
-4 -3 -2 -1 O 1 2 3 4
-1
III -2 IV
-3
-4
Quadrant
The four sections formed by the intersecting x- and 𝑦𝑦-axes in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane are known as the quadrants. See figure above.
They are numbered 1 to 4 in the counterclockwise direction starting from the upper right quadrant. The quadrant numbers are
denoted by Roman numerals.
Line segment
A line segment is a part of a line that has distinct and finite end points. For example, sides of a triangle or a square or any
other geometric figure that has distinct end points.
Real numbers
A real number is any number that is not a negative square root. For example, √−4 or √−169 are not real numbers.
Variable
A variable is a placeholder for a numerical value. It is denoted by an alphabet. For example, in 5𝑥𝑥 − 7, 𝑥𝑥 is a variable. The
numerical value given to 𝑥𝑥 will determine the value of 5𝑥𝑥 − 7.
Constant
A constant is a static number in an equation. For example, in the equation 2𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 7, the numbers 2, 5, and 7 are
constants. Their value will not change in the equation. A question that has a letter as a constant will specifically call out the
constant. For example, in the equation 2𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 𝑎𝑎, 𝑎𝑎 is a constant.
Coefficient
A constant is a static number in an equation. For example, in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 7, 7 is a constant. Its value will not
change in the equation. A constant may be represented by a letter. For example, in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑎𝑎, 𝑎𝑎 is a
constant.
Term
A term refers to a number, a variable, several variables multiplied together, or a number and several variables multiplied
together. For example, in the equation 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 7 = 3𝑦𝑦 + 2𝑥𝑥, the terms on the left side of the equation are 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥, 𝑥𝑥, and 7
and the terms on the right side of the equation are 3𝑦𝑦 and 2𝑥𝑥.
Expression vs. Equation

The terms on either side of an equation are collectively known as an expression. For example, in the equation
2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 7 = 3𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑥𝑥, the two expressions are 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 7 and 3𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑥𝑥.

11
Section 1 – Variables in Linear Equations and Expressions
Key Points
Expressions in Parentheses
• Expressions within parentheses can be simplified by multiplying the term outside the parentheses with each term within
the parentheses and then adding/subtracting the multiplied terms. The entire outside term must be multiplied by each term
within the parentheses. See the example below.
−3(𝑥𝑥 − 5) = (−3 × 𝑥𝑥) − (−3 × 5) = −3𝑥𝑥 − (−15) = −3𝑥𝑥 + 15
Solving Variables in Linear Equations

• A variable in a linear equation can be solved by moving all the terms of the variable on one side of the equation and all the
numbers on the other side of the equation, followed by simplifying the equation. See the example below.
12
5𝑥𝑥 − 7 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 5 → 5𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 = 5 + 7 → 3𝑥𝑥 = 12 → 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 = 4
3
• If an equation contains expressions within parentheses, then simply the expression before solving for the variable. See the
example below.
2
5(𝑥𝑥 + 1) − 3𝑥𝑥 = 7 → 5𝑥𝑥 + 5 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 7 → 2𝑥𝑥 = 7 − 5 → 2𝑥𝑥 = 2 → 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 = 1
2
Solving Identical Expressions in Linear Equations

• Identical expressions in an equation can be added or subtracted as a unit and solved as a unit. For example, in the equation
5(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) + 3(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 24, (2𝑥𝑥 + 7) can be considered as a unit. 5 units + 3 units add to 8 units. See below.
5(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) + 3(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 24 → 8(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 24 → (2𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 3
Tips
Mental Math: Several simple equations that do not have parentheses or multiple terms can be solved using mental math.
• In the equation 5𝑥𝑥 − 9 = 2𝑥𝑥, it is apparent that 2𝑥𝑥 moved to the left-side results in 3𝑥𝑥 and −9 moved to the right-side is
9. Hence, 3𝑥𝑥 is equal to 9 and 𝑥𝑥 is equal to 3.
• In the equation, 5(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) + 3(2𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 24, the sum of 5 and 3 in the left-side of the equation is 8. Hence, 8(2𝑥𝑥 + 7)
is equal to 24. The value of (2𝑥𝑥 + 7) is 24 divided by 8 which is equal to 3.
𝑥𝑥 4
• In the equation,. = , it is apparent that 4 multiplied by 3 is 12 and 12 divided by 5 is 2.4.
3 5
Desmos Graphing Calculator: Desmos can save time and avoid calculation errors to solve equations that have
parentheses and multiple terms.
• Type the linear equation with one variable in the Desmos graphing calculator. This will graph a line. Read the point where
the line intersects the axis.
When the variable is 𝑥𝑥, for example 3(2𝑥𝑥 − 5) + 8 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 3, read the value of 𝑥𝑥 where the graph intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis.
When the variable is 𝑦𝑦, for example 3(2𝑦𝑦 − 5) + 8 = 4𝑦𝑦 − 3, read the value of 𝑦𝑦 where the graph intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
The Desmos graphing calculator only recognizes 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 variables. When an equation contains a variable that is not 𝑥𝑥 or
𝑦𝑦, then substitute the variable with 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦. For example, in the equation 3(2𝑧𝑧 − 5) + 8 = 4𝑧𝑧 − 3, substitute 𝑧𝑧 with 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦
before tying the equation in the Desmos graphing calculator.

12
Section 2 – Lines and Linear Functions
Key Points
Slope
• The slope between any two points on a line is the same. For any two points (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 ) and (𝑥𝑥2 , 𝑦𝑦2 ) on a line, the slope can be
𝑦𝑦2−𝑦𝑦1
determined using the slope formula, 𝑚𝑚 = , where 𝑚𝑚 is the slope.
𝑥𝑥2−𝑥𝑥1
• On a graph, a line with a positive slope slant upwards from left to right (Fig. 1 below). A line with a negative slope slant
downwards from left to right (Fig. 2 below).
rise change in 𝑦𝑦 (𝑦𝑦2−𝑦𝑦1)
From a graph the slope of a line can also be written as. = as shown in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 below.
run change in 𝑥𝑥 (𝑥𝑥2−𝑥𝑥1)
rise 2 rise 2
Slope = line.𝑚𝑚
𝑦𝑦 Slope = run = 1 = 2
= − = −2 𝑦𝑦
𝑦𝑦 run 1
𝑦𝑦-intercept. run = 1 𝑦𝑦 = 3
line.𝑙𝑙
rise = 2
𝑥𝑥 = 3
rise = 2
run = 1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
O O O
𝑦𝑦-intercept. 𝑥𝑥-intercept. 𝑥𝑥-intercept.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
𝒙𝒙- and 𝒚𝒚-intercepts

• The 𝑥𝑥-intercept of a line is the point where the line intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis. At the 𝑥𝑥-intercept, 𝑦𝑦 = 0 (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2
above). For example, if a line passes through the 𝑥𝑥-axis at 𝑥𝑥 = 5, then the 𝑥𝑥-intercept is (5, 0).
• The 𝑦𝑦-intercept of a line is the point where the line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis. At the 𝑦𝑦-intercept, 𝑥𝑥 = 0 (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2
above). For example, if a line passes through the 𝑦𝑦-axis at 𝑦𝑦 = 5, then the 𝑦𝑦-intercept is (0, 5).
Slope-Intercept Equation
• The slope-intercept equation of a line is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑚𝑚 is the slope and 𝑏𝑏 is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept.
Standard Form Equation

• The standard form equation of a line is 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶, where 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶 are constants.
𝐴𝐴
• Slope = − .
𝐵𝐵
𝐶𝐶
• 𝑦𝑦-intercept = .
𝐵𝐵
𝐴𝐴 3 𝐶𝐶 5
For example, in the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5, the slope is − = − and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept is. = = 2.5.
𝐵𝐵 2 𝐵𝐵 2
Horizontal and Vertical Lines

• A horizontal line passes through the same point on the 𝑦𝑦-axis. See line 𝑙𝑙 in Fig. 3 above. Since the difference in the 𝑦𝑦
𝑦𝑦2−𝑦𝑦1 0
values of any two points on a horizontal line is 0, the slope of a horizontal line is. = = 0.
𝑥𝑥2−𝑥𝑥1 𝑥𝑥2−𝑥𝑥1
• A vertical line passes through the same point on the 𝑥𝑥-axis. See line 𝑚𝑚 in Fig. 3 above. Since the difference in the 𝑥𝑥 values
𝑦𝑦 −𝑦𝑦
of any two points on a vertical line is 0, the slope of a vertical line is. 2 1 = undefined.
0
Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

• Two parallel non-vertical lines have the same slope but different 𝑦𝑦-intercepts. For example, if the slope of a line 𝑘𝑘 is 3,
then the slope of any line parallel to 𝑘𝑘 is also 3.
• Two perpendicular lines have negative reciprocal slope. For example, if the slope of a line 𝑘𝑘 is 3, then the slope of any line
1
perpendicular to 𝑘𝑘 is the negatve reciprocal of 3, which is − .
3

13
Linear Functions
• A linear function graphs a straight line. It is written as 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is the 𝑦𝑦 value for an input value of 𝑥𝑥.
For any (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) point on a line the equation is same as 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. For example, in the linear function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 1.5𝑥𝑥 + 3, if
𝑥𝑥 = 2, then 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(2) = (1.5 × 2) + 3 = 6. Hence, 𝑓𝑓(2) = 6. The corresponding (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) pair is (2, 6).
Each (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) pair of a linear function is a point on the line graphed by that linear function.
Linear Functions Represented in a Table

• In a table containing 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 values of a linear function, each (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) pair is a point on the line graphed by the function. For
example, in the below table the points (−6, 0), (−2, 2), (0, 3), and (4, 5) are graphed by a linear function 𝑓𝑓 where 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
is the 𝑦𝑦 value for the corresponding 𝑥𝑥 value.
Note that the point (−6, 0) is the 𝑥𝑥-intercept of the line and the point (0, 3) is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the line.
𝑥𝑥 −6 −2 0 4
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 0 2 3 5
• Remember that if a question mentions linear relationship between two variables, it is referring to a linear function.
Tips
No Calculation Required:
• The coordinates of the 𝑥𝑥- and 𝑦𝑦-intercepts can be directly read from a graph of a line by looking for the point where the
line intersects the corresponding axes. From a table, they can be read as described in the Key Points.
• The slope and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept can be directly read from a slope-intercept equation.
• The slope of parallel and perpendicular lines can be directly determined from a given line equation. For example, if the
1
equation of a line is 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 5, then the slope of any parallel line = 3 and the slope of any perpendicular line = − .
3
Mental Math:
• From a graph, the slope can be directly read as rise/run. Look for two points on the gridlines of the graph and read the rise
(the vertical distance between them) and the run (the horizontal distance between them). The slant of the line determines
negative/positive slope.
𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶
• The slope or the 𝑦𝑦-intercept from a standard form equation can be determined by evaluating − and. from the equation,
𝐵𝐵 𝐵𝐵
3 5
respectively. For example, in the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5, the slope is − and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept is. .
2 2
Desmos Graphing Calculator:

• When two points on a line are given, the slope, or the 𝑥𝑥-intercept or the 𝑦𝑦-intercept can be determined using the Desmos
graphing calculator. Create a table for the two points and in the next row type the linear regression equation. This will
graph the corresponding line.
• When one point on a line and the slope of the line is given, the slope, or the 𝑥𝑥-intercept or the 𝑦𝑦-intercept can be
determined using the Desmos graphing calculator. Create a table for the given point and in the next row type the linear
regression equation substituting the given slope. This will graph the corresponding line.
• The output value of a linear function can be determined by typing the definition of the function in a row and what needs to
be determined in the next row. For example, to determine the value of 𝑓𝑓(−2.6) for the linear function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5.5𝑥𝑥 + 1.5,
type the definition of 𝑓𝑓 in a row and in the next row type 𝑓𝑓(−2.6). This will display the value of 𝑓𝑓(−2.6) to the right in
the same row.

14
Section 3 – System of Linear Equations
Key Points
System of Linear Equations and Number of Solutions
• Two or more linear equations of a line are collectively known as a system of linear equations.
• When compared in the standard form, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶, the following rules apply for two equations 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐1 and
𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐2 .
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1 𝑐𝑐
• If. ,. , and. 1 are same, then the system has infinitely many solutions. The equations are for the same line.
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
• If. and. 1 are same but. 1 is different, then the system has no solution. The equations are for parallel lines.
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏
• If. and. 1 are different, then the system has one solution. The equations are for two lines that intersect at exactly one
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2
point (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). The system can be solved for the value of (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). The value of 𝑐𝑐 is irrelevant in this situation.
• The equations must be in the standard form to compare the ratios, as shown above. If one or both equations are not in the
standard form, then convert to the standard form. For example, 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 2 can be converted as 3𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 2.
Unknown Constants and Coefficients in System of Linear Equations

• When linear equations in a system contain unknown constants or coefficients, evaluate the values of constants /coefficients
that make the ratios same or different.
See below the ratios of equations 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 12 and 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑐𝑐 are constants.
𝑎𝑎1 , 𝑏𝑏1 , and 𝑐𝑐1 correspond to the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 12. 𝑎𝑎1 = 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏1 = −4, and 𝑐𝑐1 = 12.
𝑎𝑎2 , 𝑏𝑏2 , and 𝑐𝑐2 correspond to the equation 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐. 𝑎𝑎2 = 2, 𝑏𝑏2 = −1, and 𝑐𝑐2 = 𝑐𝑐.
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1 𝑐𝑐1 𝑎𝑎 −4 12 𝑎𝑎 4 12
= = → = = → = =
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2 2 −1 𝑐𝑐 2 1 𝑐𝑐
• The system will have infinitely many solutions when all the ratios are the same. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 must be 8 and 𝑐𝑐 must be 3.
• The system will have no solution when the ratios of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are same but different than 𝑐𝑐. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 must be 8 for the
ratios of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 to be same, and 𝑐𝑐 must not be 3 for the ratio of 𝑐𝑐 to be different than 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏.
• The system will have one solution when the ratios of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are different. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 must not be 8 for the ratios of
𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 to be different. 𝑎𝑎 can be any value other than 8.
(𝒙𝒙, 𝒚𝒚) pair in System of Linear Equations with One Solution

The system can be solved for (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) by making one of the variable same in both the equations and then adding/subtracting
the equations to eliminate that variable. See example below for two equations 6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 72 and 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 28.
6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 72 6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 72
−2(2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 28) −4𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = −56
_____________________________
2𝑥𝑥 = 16 → 𝑥𝑥 = 8
The value of 𝑦𝑦 can be determined by plugging the value of 𝑥𝑥 in any of the two equations.
Tips
Mental Math:
• In the system of equations 3𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 2 and 9𝑥𝑥 − 12𝑦𝑦 = 6, it is apparent that the values of 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 in the equation
9𝑥𝑥 − 12 = 6 are triple of the values in the equation 3𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 2. Hence, the ratios of 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are the same and the
system has infinitely many solutions.

• Number of solutions of a system of equations can be determined by typing the two equations in individual rows and
determining from the graph whether the two lines are parallel lines, same lines, or intersect at one point.
• The intersection point (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) of a system of equations with one solution can be determined by typing the two equations in
individual rows and reading the point where the graph of the two lines intersect.
15
Section 4 – Linear Inequalities and System of Linear Inequalities
Key Points
Linear Inequalities
• The equality symbols are less than (<), less than or equal to (≤), greater than (>), and greater than or equal to ( ≥).
• The inequality symbols determine whether the solution set of an inequality, shown as the shaded region in graphs below, is
above or below a line in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane. When 𝑦𝑦 > 𝑥𝑥, the solution set is above the line. When 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 𝑥𝑥, the solution set is on
and above the line. When 𝑦𝑦 < 𝑥𝑥, the solution set is below the line. When 𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑥𝑥, the solution set is on and below the line.
• The inequalities with ≥ and ≤ symbols have a solid line and the inequalities with > and < symbols have a dashed line.
𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦
𝑦𝑦 > 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 𝑥𝑥
II I II I II I II I
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
O O O O
III IV III IV III IV III IV
𝑦𝑦 < 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑥𝑥
• The solution set of an inequality on a graph depends on the slope and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the inequality. In the examples
above, the inequalities have slope = 1 and 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 0. The slant of the line determines whether the slope is negative
or positive. In the above graphs, the lines slant upwards from left to right. Hence, the slope is positive.
• Any point within the solution set is a solution to the linear inequality.
System of Linear Inequalities

• A system of two linear inequalities is comprised of two linear inequalities. The solution set of a system of two linear
inequalities is the region on the graph where the graphs of the two inequalities overlap. It may span one or more quadrants.
See example below.
• Any point within the overlapping region, the solution set, is a solution to the system of linear inequalities.
𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦
4 4
2 2
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4 -4 -2 O 2 4 -2 O
-2 -2
-4 -4
𝑦𝑦 > 𝑥𝑥 + 2 𝑦𝑦 < −2𝑥𝑥 − 4 Overlapping Region (darker shaded region)
Tips
Mental Math:
• A graph can be matched to a linear inequality by looking at the slant of the line, the inequality operator, and the
𝑦𝑦-intercept.

• A graph of an inequality can be matched to the inequality in the answer choices by typing the inequality from each answer
choice in the Desmos graphing calculator, one at a time, and matching the corresponding graph to the given graph.
• The graph of a system of inequalities can be matched to the given system of inequalities in the answer choices by tying the
two inequalities from each answer choice in the Desmos graphing calculator, one at a time, and matching the
corresponding graph to the given graph.
• The points within the solution set of an inequality or a system of inequalities can be determined by typing the inequalities
and looking for the points that are within the solution set. Same can be applied to determine the quadrants that contain the
solution set of an inequality or a system of inequalities.
16
Section 5 – Word Problems on Linear Equations and Inequalities
Key Points
Constant and an Unknown Number in Linear Equations
• A word problem may be given that contains a constant number and an unknown number. The value of the constant number
does not change in the equation. The unknown number is comprised of a fixed number and an associated variable.
For example, if the annual membership to a gym is $90 and participation in each yoga class offered at the gym is $5, then
the total annual cost of gym membership plus participating in yoga classes is
total annual cost = annual membership fee of $90 + ($5 × number of yoga classes in a year)
If 𝑥𝑥 is the number of yoga classes in a year, then the total annual cost is = 90 + (5 × 𝑥𝑥) = 90 + 5𝑥𝑥.
5𝑥𝑥 is the unknown number and 𝑥𝑥 is the associated variable. The value given to 𝑥𝑥 will determine the total annual cost. For
example, the total annual cost for 3 yoga classes in a year is 90 + (5 × 3) = 105 and so on.
Two Unknown Numbers in Linear Equations

• A word problem may be given that contains two unknown numbers. For example, the cost of one bottle of water is $2 and
the cost of one bag of chips is $1.50. If the total cost of 𝑎𝑎 bottles of water and 𝑏𝑏 packets of chips is $22, then the equation
is 2𝑎𝑎 + 1.5𝑏𝑏 = 22. If the value of 𝑎𝑎 is given, then 𝑏𝑏 can be calculated. If the value of 𝑏𝑏 is given, then 𝑎𝑎 can be calculated.
System of Linear Equations

• A word problem may be given that contains two unknown variables and the value of neither variable is given. The word
problem will contain sufficient information to create a system of equations. For example, Sara bought a total of 8 shirts
and hats. The cost of each shirt is $6 and the cost of each hat is $4. Sara spent a total of $42 on 𝑥𝑥 shirts and 𝑦𝑦 hats.
- One equation can be created for total number of shirts and hats as 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 8.
- Second equation can be created for the total cost as 6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 42.
- The system of two equations can now be solved for 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦.
Linear Inequalities
• A word problem may be given that evaluates a conditional relationship between one or more numbers, where at least one
number is unknown. The unknown number contains a variable that evaluates the condition.
• One unknown number: For example, if John cannot spend more than $720 to buy 𝑎𝑎 number of books at $35 each, then
35𝑎𝑎 is the unknown number and the condition is 35𝑎𝑎 is less than or equal to 720. The inequality is 35𝑎𝑎 ≤ 720.
720
Based on this condition, John can buy 𝑎𝑎 ≤ → 𝑎𝑎 ≤ 20.5 books. Hence, John can buy no more than 20 books.
35
• Two unknown numbers: For example, if John cannot spend more than $720 to buy 𝑎𝑎 number of books at $35 each and
𝑏𝑏 number of magazines at $42 each, then the condition is the sum of 35𝑎𝑎 and 42𝑏𝑏 is less than or equal to 720. The
inequality is 35𝑎𝑎 + 42𝑏𝑏 ≤ 720. If the value of 𝑎𝑎 is given, then 𝑏𝑏 can be evaluated and vice versa.
System of Linear Inequalities

• A word problem on linear inequality may be given that contains two unknown variables and the value of neither variable
is given. The word problem will contain sufficient information to create a system of inequalities. For example, Sara wants
to buy at least 8 shirts and hats. The cost of each shirt is $6 and the cost of each hat is $4. Sara can spend a maximum of
$42 on 𝑥𝑥 shirts and 𝑦𝑦 hats.
- One inequality can be created for total number of shirts and hats as 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 8.
- Second inequality can be created for the total cost as 6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 ≤ 42.
- The values of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 can now be evaluated.
Tips
Mental Math:
• In some questions, matching the given answer choices to the information in a word problem should be apparent as shown
in the examples in the Key Points.

• For the system of equations word problems, the Desmos graphing calculator can be utilized to solve for the two variables
after the two equations have been formed.
17
Section 6 – Polynomial Functions
Key Points
Equations
• A polynomial function contains terms in the form of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑛𝑛 , where 𝑛𝑛 is a positive integer. For example,
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 4 + 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 𝑥𝑥. 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is the 𝑦𝑦 value for a given value of 𝑥𝑥. If 𝑥𝑥 = 2, then 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(2) = 𝑎𝑎(2)4 + 𝑎𝑎(2)2 + (2).
Graphs
• On the graph of a function 𝑓𝑓, 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is the 𝑦𝑦-value corresponding to a particular value of 𝑥𝑥 on the 𝑥𝑥-axis. For example, on
the graph of a function 𝑓𝑓 shown below, for 𝑥𝑥 = 1, 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(1) = 2.
• The highest value of 𝑦𝑦 on the graph of a polynomial function is known as the maximum and the lowest value of 𝑦𝑦 is
known as the minimum. See the graph below.
Zeros and Factors

• The zeros (also known as the roots and the 𝑥𝑥-intercepts) of a polynomial function are the values of 𝑥𝑥 where the graph of
the polynomial function intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis. The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) below has three distinct zeros −3, −2 and 2.
• The relationship between a factor and a zero is important to remember. If 𝑛𝑛 is a zero of a function, then the factor is
(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑛𝑛) and if −𝑛𝑛 is a zero of a function, then the factor is (𝑥𝑥 + 𝑛𝑛). See the graph below for the zeros −2 and −3. The
corresponding factors are (𝑥𝑥 + 2) and (𝑥𝑥 + 3).
• When the graph touches the 𝑥𝑥-axis and curves back, then there are two identical factors at that point. If 𝑛𝑛 is a zero of a
function, then the factors are (𝑥𝑥 − 𝑛𝑛)2 and if −𝑛𝑛 is a zero of a function, then the factors are (𝑥𝑥 + 𝑛𝑛)2 . See the graph below
for the zero 2. The corresponding factors are (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 .
• When the graph passes through the origin, the zero at that point is 0. Hence, the factor is just 𝑥𝑥 or a multiple of 𝑥𝑥.
𝑦𝑦
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 3)(𝑥𝑥 − 2)2
4 Maximum
(𝑥𝑥 + 2) (1, 2)
(𝑥𝑥 + 3) 2
𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
Minimum (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2
-2
Remainder Theorem
• When a polynomial function is divided by a linear expression such as 𝑥𝑥 − 2, the remainder can be determined by
substituting 𝑥𝑥 = 2 in the function. For example, when 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 4 − 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 6𝑥𝑥 + 3 is divided by 𝑥𝑥 − 2, the remainder
is 𝑝𝑝(2) = (2)4 − 4(2)3 + (2)2 + 6(2) + 3 = 16 − 32 + 4 + 12 + 3 = 3.
Factor Theorem
• When a polynomial function is divided by a linear expression such as 𝑥𝑥 − 2 and the remainder obtained by substituting
𝑥𝑥 = 2 is 0, then 2 is a zero and 𝑥𝑥 − 2 is a factor of the function. For example, when 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 4 − 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 6𝑥𝑥 is
divided by 𝑥𝑥 − 2, the remainder is 𝑝𝑝(2) = (2)4 − 4(2)3 + (2)2 + 6(2) = 0. 𝑥𝑥 − 2 is a factor and 2 is a zero of 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥).
Tips
• Number of zeros can be directly read from an equation. For example, in the function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 − 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 3)2 , the three
distinct zeros are 0, 1, and −3. Note that although (𝑥𝑥 + 3)2 has two identical zeros, there is only one distinct zero.
• Zeros and factors can be directly read from a graph, as shown in the Key Points above.

• The output value of a linear function can be determined by typing the definition of the function in a row and what needs to
be determined in the next row. For example, to determine the value of 𝑓𝑓(8) for the function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 4 + 8𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥, type
the definition of 𝑓𝑓 in a row and in the next row type 𝑓𝑓(8). The value of 𝑓𝑓(8) will be displayed to the right in the same row.
The remainder of a polynomial function can be determined similarly.
18
Section 7 – Quadratic Equations and Parabola
Key Points
Quadratic Function and Parabola
• A quadratic function graphs a parabola in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane. The tip of the parabola is known as the vertex.
• The highest term of 𝑥𝑥 in a quadratic equation is 𝑥𝑥 2 . For example, 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is the 𝑦𝑦 value for an
input value of 𝑥𝑥.
• When the value of 𝑎𝑎 is positive, the parabola opens upwards, and the vertex is the lowest point also known as the
minimum of the parabola (Fig. 1 below).
• When the value of 𝑎𝑎 is negative, the parabola opens downwards, and the vertex is the highest point also known as the
maximum of the parabola (Fig. 2 below).
• A straight vertical line passing through the vertex is known as the axis of symmetry.
Roots, 𝒙𝒙-intercepts, Zeros, and Solutions

• A parabola may intersect the 𝑥𝑥-axis at two distinct points (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 below), one distinct point or may not intersect
(Fig. 3 below). The points where a parabola intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis are known as the 𝑥𝑥-intercepts, the roots, the solutions, or
the zeros of the quadratic function.
Axis of Vertex Parabola touches
Symmetry Maximum the 𝑥𝑥-axis and
𝑦𝑦-intercept curves back
Axis of
Midpoint of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept
Symmetry
𝑥𝑥-intercepts 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
O O O
𝑥𝑥-intercept 𝑥𝑥-intercept 𝑥𝑥-intercept 𝑥𝑥-intercept Parabola does
not cross or
Vertex
Minimum touch the 𝑥𝑥-axis
Standard Form Equation of a Parabola, Factors, Quadratic Formula, and Discriminant

• The standard form equation of a parabola is 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants.
• 𝑐𝑐 is the value of the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the parabola. For example, if the parabola intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis at
(0, 4), then 𝑐𝑐 = 4.
𝑏𝑏
• The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex can be determined as − . The 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the vertex can be determined by
2𝑎𝑎
plugging the above obtained value of the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate in the given equation and solving it for 𝑦𝑦.
• Factorization: The roots and factors of a quadratic function can either be determined by factoring the standard form
2
−𝑏𝑏±�𝑏𝑏 −4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
equation or using the quadratic formula. . Use the formula when factorization is not easy, or the answer
2𝑎𝑎
choices have square root.
• Discriminant: The expression 𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 of the quadratic formula is known as the discriminant.
• 𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 > 0 indicates two real solutions for the quadratic function. This happens when the graph of the parabola
intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis at two distinct points (Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 above).
• 𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 0 indicates one real solution for the quadratic function. This happens when the graph of the parabola
touches the 𝑥𝑥-axis and curves back without passing through it (top parabola in Fig. 3 above). There are two identical
factors at this point but one distinct root. For example, for two identical factors (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 , the distinct root is 2.
• 𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 < 0 indicates no real solution for the quadratic function. This happens when the graph of the parabola does
not intersect the 𝑥𝑥-axis (bottom parabola in Fig. 3). The solutions are negative square root values that are not real
numbers.
𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
• Sum and product: The sum of the roots can be determined as − and the product of the roots can be determined as. . For
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎
−11 12
example, in the equation 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 11𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 0, the sum of roots = − = 5.5 and the product of roots = = 6.
2 2

19
Vertex Form Equation of a Parabola
• The vertex form equation of a parabola is 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − ℎ)2 + 𝑘𝑘, where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and the constants ℎ and 𝑘𝑘 are the
𝑥𝑥- and 𝑦𝑦-coordinates of the vertex, respectively. For example, if the coordinates of the vertex are (2, 3), then the equation
is 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 + 3 and if the coordinates of the vertex are (−2, −3), then the equation is
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − (−2))2 − 3 → 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 − 3.
Factored Form Equation of a Parabola

• The factored form equation of a parabola is 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑟𝑟)(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑠𝑠), where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and the constants 𝑟𝑟 and 𝑠𝑠 are the
𝑥𝑥-intercepts of the parabola. For example, in the equation, 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 5), the 𝑥𝑥-intercepts are 2 and −5.
• The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex is the midpoint of the two 𝑥𝑥-intercepts. It can be determined using the midpoint
𝑥𝑥 +𝑥𝑥
formula. 2 1 , where 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 are the two 𝑥𝑥-intercepts. The 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the vertex can be determined by plugging
2
the above value of the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate in the given equation and solving it for 𝑦𝑦.
Intersections of Parabola and Lines

• The graphs of one vertical parabola and two or more linear lines intersect at one point, hence, have one solution.
• The graphs of one vertical parabola and one linear line may intersect at one point or two points or may not intersect at all.
The two corresponding equations comprise a system of equations. When the graphs intersect at one point, then there is one
solution. When the graphs intersect at two points, then there are two solutions.
The number of solutions or the intersection points (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) of the system can be determined by equating the two equations to
form one quadratic equation in the form 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐 = 0. For example, if the two equations are 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 7𝑥𝑥 + 7 and
𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3, then 𝑥𝑥 2 + 7𝑥𝑥 + 7 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 → 𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 0. The number of solutions can be determined by evaluating
the discriminant. The points of intersection can be determined by solving the quadratic equation for 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦. Note that the
quadratic equation must be in the 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐 form and the linear equation must be in the 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 form before
equating. If not, then rearrange the equations into these forms.
Equivalent Equations of a Parabola

• The standard form, the vertex form, and the factored form equations of a parabola are interchangeable. The
interchangeable forms of an equation are known as equivalent equations. They graph the same parabola and have the same
vertex. For example, 2(𝑥𝑥 − 3)2 + 5 and 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 12 + 23 are equivalent equations. See below.
2(𝑥𝑥 − 3)2 + 5 → 2(𝑥𝑥 2 − 6𝑥𝑥 + 9) + 5 → 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 12𝑥𝑥 + 18 + 5 → 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 12𝑥𝑥 + 23
Movement of a Ball (or a similar object) in Air

• When a ball is thrown up in the air from the ground or from a platform, the movement of the ball in the air and back to the
ground is a parabola. The time is along the 𝑥𝑥-axis and the height is along the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
• 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex is the time taken by the ball to reach the maximum height in the air.
• 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the vertex is the maximum height of the ball in the air.
• Positive 𝑥𝑥-intercept is the time taken by the ball to reach the ground.
Tips
• From a standard form equation the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept can be read from the equation, 𝑐𝑐 = 3.
• From a vertex form equation, the vertex can be directly read from the equation and matched to a graph and vice versa.
• From a factored form equation the 𝑥𝑥-intercepts can be directly read as the value of 𝑥𝑥.
Mental Math:
𝑏𝑏
• The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex can be determined as = − when the values of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are relatively small.
2𝑎𝑎
Desmos Graphing calculator:

• The solutions (𝑥𝑥-intercepts), vertex, and 𝑦𝑦-intercept of a parabola can be determined by typing the quadratic equation or
function in the Desmos graphing calculator. The corresponding parabola will be displayed. The 𝑥𝑥-intercepts, vertex, and
𝑦𝑦-intercept can be read from the parabola.

20
Section 8 – Number of Solutions of Polynomial Expressions
Key Points
• Two polynomial expressions (linear expressions, quadratic expressions, or other expressions containing 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 terms) may or
may not be equivalent to each other depending on the values given to the coefficients or constants in the expressions.
• An equation has infinitely many solutions when the expressions on both sides are equal. The constants and coefficients
must be given values that make both the expressions same. For example, in the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2, expressions on
both sides of the equation will be equal when 𝑎𝑎 = 3 and 𝑘𝑘 = 2. Similarly, in the equation 4𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘 = 𝑚𝑚𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 5,
the expressions on both sides will be equal when 𝑚𝑚 = 4 and 𝑘𝑘 = 5.
• An equation has no solution when the expressions on both sides are unequal. Either the constant or the coefficient must be
unequal in the two expressions. For example, in the linear equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2, since the constants on both sides are
equal the coefficient of 𝑥𝑥 must not be equal. Hence, for the equation to have no solution, 𝑎𝑎 cannot be 3.
• If an expression on one side of the equation does not have a variable or a constant, then its value on the other side is 0. See
examples below.
• In the equation 3𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2, the constant on the left side is 0. Since the constants are unequal, the coefficient of 𝑥𝑥 on
both sides must be equal for the equation to have no solution. Hence, for the equation to have no solution, 𝑎𝑎 must be 3.
• In the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 12 = 12, the right-side expression does not have the variable 𝑥𝑥. Hence, for the equation to have
infinitely many solutions, 𝑎𝑎 must be 0.
Tips
Mental Math:
• In some linear expressions, the values of the coefficients/constants that will result in infinitely many solutions or no
solution are apparent by looking at the expressions on both sides of an equation, as shown above in the Key Points.

21
Section 9 – Absolute Value
Key Points
Absolute Value Linear Equations
• The absolute value of a real number is denoted within two bars and is always a non-negative real number. For example,
both |𝑥𝑥| and | − 𝑥𝑥| are equal to 𝑥𝑥. Hence, the absolute value of a positive and a negative real number is always
non-negative.
• The above is also true for absolute value expressions. For example, in the equation |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| = 7 it is equally possible that
the value of 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 is −7 or 7 since both |7| and | − 7| are equal to 7.
Hence, an absolute value linear equation is solved by giving the expression within the absolute value bars a negative value
and a positive value. In the example |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| = 7, the expression 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 is equated to 7 and −7 and solved for 𝑥𝑥.
See below.
2𝑥𝑥 − 1 = 7 → 2𝑥𝑥 = 7 + 1 → 𝑥𝑥 = 4
2𝑥𝑥 − 1 = −7 → 2𝑥𝑥 = −7 + 1 → 𝑥𝑥 = −3
Hence, the solutions to |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| = 7 are −3 and 4.
It is important to check that a solution is not an extraneous solution.
• All terms not within the absolute value sign should be on one side. For example, |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| + 3 = 7 → |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| = 7 − 3.
• If the absolute value equates to an expression, then the entire expression should be given a positive and a negative value.
For example, |2𝑥𝑥 − 1| = 7 − 𝑥𝑥 → 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 = (7 − 𝑥𝑥) AND 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 = −(7 − 𝑥𝑥).
• Since the absolute value is always a non-negative, an absolute value expression cannot equate to a negative number. For
example, the equation |2𝑥𝑥 − 5| = −6 has no solution.
Tips
• A solution of an absolute value equation can be determined by typing the equation in the Desmos graphing calculator and
reading the value of 𝑥𝑥 where the line corresponding to the solution intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis.
If the variable in the equation is 𝑦𝑦, then read the value of 𝑦𝑦 where the corresponding line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
If the variable in the equation is a letter other than 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 in the equation, then substitute it with 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 before typing in the
Desmos graphing calculator.
Note that the Desmos graphing calculator does not graph an extraneous solution. Hence, no need to check for an
extraneous solution.

22
Section 10 – Ratio, Fraction, Proportion, and Rate
Key Points
Ratio and Fraction
• A ratio may compare two or more parts within a total. For example, if there are total of 7 muffins, of which 2 are
blueberry muffins and 5 are banana muffins, then the ratio of the number of blueberry muffins to the number of banana
muffins is 2: 5.
• A ratio may compare a part with the total. From the above example, the ratio of the number of blueberry muffins to the
total number of muffins is 2: 7 and the ratio of the number of banana muffins to the total number of muffins is 5: 7.
• A part out of the total can also be written as a fraction. Of the 7 muffins in the above example, the fraction of blueberry
2 5
muffins is. and the fraction of banana muffins is. .
7 7
Proportion
• A proportion equates ratios that are equal. For example, if the number of blueberry muffins and the number of banana
muffins from the above example are proportionally tripled, then the ratio would be (2: 5) × 3 = 6: 15. The proportion in
6: 15 is triple that of 2: 5 but the ratios 2: 5 and 6: 15 are equivalent.
• Since proportions are similar ratios, they can be equated as fractions. The numerator and the denominator of a proportion
must represent the same thing. In the below example, the numerators represent the blueberry muffins, and the
denominators represent the total muffins.
blueberry muffins 2 4 8
= = =
total muffins 7 14 28
Rate
• A rate is a ratio of two units of measurement. For example, 25 miles per hour refers to 25 miles in 1 hour. The two units
25 miles
of measurement are miles and hour. The ratio can be written as 25 miles:1 hour or. .
1 hour
• When two rates are compared, both the units in the two rates must be compared, respectively. For example, when
comparing a speed in miles per hour to a speed in kilometers per second, miles must be converted to kilometers and hour
to seconds.
Tips
Mental Math:
1 3
• If. th of a cup is 1.5 ounces, then. th of the cup is 3 times more = 4.5 ounces.
4 4
• If a car is traveling at a speed of 30 miles per hour, then in 20 minutes (one-third of an hour) the car will travel one-third
the distance = 10 miles.

23
Section 11 – Percentage
Key Points
Percent of a Number
32
• Percent (%) refers to parts of a number per 100. For example, 32 parts per 100 is 32%. It can also be written as. or
100
260
0.32. Similarly, 260 parts per 100 is 260% or. or 2.6.
100
Note that converting a percent to a decimal is as simple as removing the percent sign and putting a decimal two digits to
the left of the number. For example, 20% is 0.2, 710% is 7.1, 8% is 0.08, 0.5% is 0.005, and so on.
• Easiest method to determine the percent of a number is to convert the percent to a decimal and multiply it with the
number. For example, 20% of 90 is 0.2 × 90 = 18 and 4% of 90 is 0.04 × 90 = 3.6.
• Multiple percents of a number can be combined. For example, 5% of 80% of 70 = 0.05 × 0.8 × 70 = 2.8.
Percent Increase/Decrease of a Number

• A percent decrease refers to a decrease in parts of a number per 100. For example, 20% decrease of a number 𝑛𝑛 is
80
100 − 20 = 80%𝑛𝑛 or. 𝑛𝑛 or 0.8𝑛𝑛.
100
• A percent increase refers to an increase in parts of a number per 100. For example, 20% increase of a number 𝑛𝑛 is
120
100 + 20 = 120%𝑛𝑛 or. 𝑛𝑛 or 1.2𝑛𝑛. Similarly, 250% increase of number 𝑛𝑛 is 100 + 250 = 350%𝑛𝑛 or 3.5𝑛𝑛.
100
• Multiple increases and decreases can be multiplied together. For example, a 20% increase of 𝑛𝑛, followed by a 25%
decrease is (1.2 × 0.75)𝑛𝑛. The order of the increase/decrease does not matter. For example, (1.2 × 0.75)𝑛𝑛 is same as
(0.75 × 1.2)𝑛𝑛.
• It is important to remember the distinction between percent of a number and percent increase/decrease of a number.
The Original Number before Percent Increase/Decrease

• When a number is modified by percent increase or decrease (as described above), the original number (before the increase
or decrease) can be determined as follows, where end number is the number after percent increase/decrease.
end number
original number =
1 ± percent increase or decrease, as decimal
• For example, if the price of a shirt after 30% decrease is $21, then end number = 21 and denominator = 1 − 0.3 = 0.7.
21
original price of shirt = = $30
0.7
Similarly, if the price of a shirt after 30% increase is $21, then denominator = 1 + 0.3 = 1.3.
• Multiple increases and decreases can be combined. For example, if a number is increased by 30% and then decreased by
12%, then the denominator to determine the number before increase/decrease = (1 + 0.3)(1 − 0.12) = (1.3)(0.88).
• For questions on price/cost in dollars, remember that % discount is decrease in price and % sales tax is increase in price.
A Number Percent of Another Number

• If 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 are two numbers, then 𝑥𝑥 is what percent of 𝑦𝑦 (also worded as what percent of 𝑦𝑦 is 𝑥𝑥) can be determined as
𝑥𝑥
× 100
𝑦𝑦
Percent Change
• Percent change is the percent by which a number is changed (increased or decreased). The number before the change is
referred to as the “old value” and the number after the change is referred to as the “new value”. A positive percent change
indicates an increase, and a negative percent change indicates a decrease.
new value − old value
% change = × 100
old value
For example, if the price of a shirt decreased from $20 to $12, then old value = 20 and new value = 12.
12 − 20
% change = × 100 = −40% = 40% decrease in price
20

24
Section 12 – Exponents
Key Points
• When a number is multiplied by itself several times, such as 5 × 5 × 5 × 5, the number is called the base and the
number of times it is multiplied by itself is called the exponent. Since 5 is multiplied by itself 4 times, 5 is the base and
4 is the exponent. It can be written as 5 to the power of 4 = 54 . The same applies for an expression. For example,
5𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 × 5𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 × 5𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 can be written as (5𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)3 , where 5𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 is the base and 3 is the exponent. All the numbers and
expressions within parentheses are the base of the exponent.
• Following are the exponent rules to remember.
• 𝑥𝑥 0 = 1
• 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 × 𝑥𝑥 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎+𝑏𝑏
𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎
• . 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎−𝑏𝑏
𝑥𝑥 𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏
• 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
• (𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 𝑦𝑦 𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎
•. � � =
𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏
1
• 𝑥𝑥 −𝑎𝑎 =
𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎
• When a number or an expression is within a root (square root, cube root, and so on), the root can be removed and replaced
1 1
𝑎𝑎
with a fractional exponent. The value of the root is the denominator of the fraction. For example, √𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 2 and √𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 .
1
The entire expression within the root must be to the power of the fractional exponent. For example, �3𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = (3𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)2 .
If the expression within the root has exponent, then the exponent is the numerator of the fractional exponent. For example,
3 1 1 3 1
4 3
�𝑦𝑦 3 = 𝑥𝑥 4 and �𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 3 = (𝑥𝑥𝑦𝑦 3 )3 = 𝑥𝑥 3 𝑦𝑦 3 = 𝑥𝑥 3 𝑦𝑦.
• When the bases of two numbers or expressions are the same, the exponents can be equated. For example, if (𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)𝑎𝑎 =
(𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)5 , then 𝑎𝑎 = 5. If the bases are not same but are multiple of the same number, then they may be rewritten with the
same base. For example, the equation 3𝑎𝑎 = 27 can be written as 3𝑎𝑎 = 33 . The exponents can now be equated. 𝑎𝑎 = 3.
See few examples of multiples below.
• Base 2 or 4: 4 = 22 , 8 = 23 , 16 = 42 = 24 , 32 = 25 , 64 = 43 = 26 .
• Base 3 or 9: 9 = 32 , 27 = 33 , 81 = 92 = 34 .
• Base 5: 25 = 52 , 125 = 53 .
Tips
Mental Math:
• In the equation 3𝑎𝑎 = 27, the value of 𝑎𝑎 is apparent. Since 27 is 33 , 𝑎𝑎 = 3.
𝑥𝑥2𝑦𝑦2
• The expression. can be simplified as 𝑥𝑥𝑦𝑦 5 . 𝑥𝑥 from the denominator when moved to numerator is 𝑥𝑥 −1 , resulting in
𝑥𝑥𝑦𝑦−3
𝑥𝑥 −1+2 = 𝑥𝑥. Similarly, 𝑦𝑦 −3 moved to the numerator is 𝑦𝑦 3 , resulting in 𝑦𝑦 2+3 = 𝑦𝑦 5 .

25
Section 13 – Exponential Growth and Decay
Key Points
Exponential Growth and Decay versus Linear Increase and Decrease
• A linear increase or decrease occurs at a constant rate. Exponential growth starts with a slow increase followed by a rapid
increase. Exponential decay starts with a rapid decrease followed by a slower decrease. See examples below.
• If the number 400 is increased by 2 each day, then the increase each day is the same. For example, on the first day of
increase the number will be 402 and then 404 the day after, 406 the day after, 408 the day after, and so on. This is
linear increase (or increasing linear). If the number 400 is doubled each day, then the increase each day is significantly
greater. For example, on the first day of increase the number will be 800 and then 1,600 the day after, 3,200 the day
after, 6,400 the day after, and so on. This is exponential growth (increase).
• If the number 400 is decreased by 2 each day, then the decrease each day is same. For example, on the first day of
decrease the number will be 398 and then 396 the day after, 394 the day after, 392 the day after, and so on. This is
linear decrease (or decreasing linear). If the number 400 is decreased by half each day, then the decrease each day is
significantly greater. For example, on the first day of decrease the number will be 200 and then 100 the day after, 50
the day after, 25 the day after, and so on. This is exponential decay (decrease).
• Words/phrases like “double”, “half”, or “𝑥𝑥% more than the preceding year” in a question refer to exponential
growth/decay.
• The graph of linear increase and linear decrease is a straight line (Fig. 1 and Fig 2 below, respectively).The graph of
exponential growth rises slowly from left to right followed by a sharp curve upwards (Fig. 3 below). The graph of
exponential decay drops sharply from left to right as a curve followed by a slower decrease (Fig. 4 below).
𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦
𝑥𝑥 O 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 O 𝑥𝑥
O O
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Exponential Growth and Decay

• The formula for exponential growth or decay is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏)𝑥𝑥 . The components of the equation are:
• 𝑎𝑎 is the initial number and is greater than 0. (On a graph, this is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept.)
• 𝑏𝑏 is the rate of change in the value of 𝑎𝑎.
• 𝑥𝑥 is the number of time intervals.
• 𝑦𝑦 is the accumulated number after 𝑥𝑥 time intervals.
• The rate of change in exponential growth and decay can be calculated as follows:
• In exponential growth, 𝑏𝑏 = 1 + 𝑟𝑟, where 𝑟𝑟 is the percent growth rate as decimal. The value of 𝑏𝑏 is greater than 1. For
example, if the growth rate is 20%, then 𝑏𝑏 = 1 + 0.2 = 1.2. The equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(1.2)𝑥𝑥 .
• In exponential decay, 𝑏𝑏 = 1 − 𝑟𝑟, where 𝑟𝑟 is the percent decay rate as decimal. The value of 𝑏𝑏 is less than 1 but greater
than 0. For example, if the decay rate is 20%, then 𝑏𝑏 = 1 − 0.2 = 0.8. The equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(0.8) 𝑥𝑥 .
• It is important to interpret the time interval correctly. For example, if an increase/decrease occurs twice per year, then the
𝑡𝑡
time interval is 2𝑡𝑡 per year. If an increase/decrease occurs once in every 2 years, then the time interval is. per year. Note
2
that time interval could be any unit of time. For example, year, quarter, month, week, day, hour, minute, and so on.

26
Graph of Exponential Functions
• In the 𝑥𝑥y-plane, the graph of an exponential growth or decay function is defined by 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏) 𝑥𝑥 , where 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is the
𝑦𝑦 value for a particular value of 𝑥𝑥.
• The coordinates of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept are (0, 𝑎𝑎), where 𝑎𝑎 is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept.
• The graph always passes through the points (0, 𝑎𝑎) and (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎). When 𝑎𝑎 = 1, these points are (0, 1) and (1, 𝑏𝑏).
• To match the equation of a given exponential function with the graphs in the answer choices, determine the points (0, 𝑎𝑎)
and (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) and look for the graph with these points. For example, in 𝑦𝑦 = 2(2)𝑥𝑥 , (0, 𝑎𝑎) = (0, 2) and
(1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) = (1, 2 × 2) = (1, 4). The corresponding graph, shown below, will pass through these points.
𝑦𝑦
6
𝑥𝑥
-2 O 2
• Shifted Graphs: The graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏) 𝑥𝑥 can be shifted vertically upwards or downwards. The equation of a graph
shifted upwards by 𝑐𝑐 units is 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑐𝑐 and the equation of a graph shifted downwards by 𝑐𝑐 units is
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏) 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑐𝑐. The 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the graph will shift proportionally.
For example, if the above graph is shifted downwards by 3 units, then the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the shifted graph would be
(0, 2 − 3) = (0, −1).
• Graphs with negative exponent: When the function has a negative exponent, for example 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏)−𝑥𝑥 , then the point
(1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) will be (−1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎). See the graph below of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2(2)−𝑥𝑥 . Point (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) is (−1, 4).
𝑦𝑦
𝑥𝑥
-2 O 2
Tips
Mental Math:
• The components of an exponential equation are apparent by looking at the equation. In the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 50(1.06)𝑡𝑡 , since
𝑏𝑏 > 1, the equation is of exponential growth. The components of the equation are: 𝑎𝑎 = 50, percent growth rate = 6%
(1.06 is 6% increase), and the time interval 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑡𝑡 is once each year.
𝑡𝑡
• In the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 500(0.96)5 , since 𝑏𝑏 < 1, the equation is of exponential decay. The components of the equation are:
𝑎𝑎 = 500, percent decay rate = 4% (0.96 is 4% decrease), and the time interval 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑡𝑡 is once every 5 years.
• The components of an exponential function are apparent by looking at the equation as shown in the Key Points. An
equation can be matched to the corresponding graph and vice versa by looking at the points (0, 𝑎𝑎) and (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎).

27
Section 14 – Manipulating Expressions and Equations
Key Points
Expressions under Square Root
• When an equation contains a square root expression, the square root can be removed by squaring both sides of the
equation. After removing the square root, the value of the variable in the equation can be solved. See the example below.
2 2
√2𝑥𝑥 + 1 = √𝑥𝑥 + 3 → �√2𝑥𝑥 + 1� = �√𝑥𝑥 + 3� → 2𝑥𝑥 + 1 = 𝑥𝑥 + 3 → 𝑥𝑥 = 2
It is important to check that a solution is not an extraneous solution.
• If both sides have integers, then collect them on one side before squaring. See the example below.
2
√𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 3 = 6 → √𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 9 → �√𝑥𝑥 + 2� = 92 → 𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 81 → 𝑥𝑥 = 79
2
• The entire expression on both sides must be squared. For example, √2𝑥𝑥 + 1 = 5 + 𝑥𝑥 → �√2𝑥𝑥 + 1� = (5 + 𝑥𝑥)2 .
Expressions with Factors

• The following factors are helpful to remember.
• (𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦)(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 2
• (𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦)(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 2
• (𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦)(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑦𝑦 2
𝑥𝑥+1 𝑥𝑥+1 𝑥𝑥+1 1
For example, the expression. can be simplified as. = = .
𝑥𝑥2−1 (𝑥𝑥−1)(𝑥𝑥+1) (𝑥𝑥−1)(𝑥𝑥+1) 𝑥𝑥−1
Fractions with Expressions in the Denominator

• When an equation has fractions with expressions in the denominator, determine a strategy that will simplify or remove the
expressions from the denominators. See examples below.
𝑥𝑥2−𝑦𝑦2
• In the equation. = 2, the value of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 can be solved as shown below.
𝑥𝑥−𝑦𝑦
(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦)(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦) (𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦)(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦)
=2 → = 2 → 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦
• Below is an example of fractions with different denominators. A common denominator can be created as shown.
5 2 5(𝑥𝑥 + 3) 2(𝑥𝑥 + 1) 5𝑥𝑥 + 15 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 2 7𝑥𝑥 + 17
+ = 𝑦𝑦 → + = 𝑦𝑦 → = 𝑦𝑦 → = 𝑦𝑦
𝑥𝑥 + 1 𝑥𝑥 + 3 (𝑥𝑥 + 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 3) (𝑥𝑥 + 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 3) (𝑥𝑥 + 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 3) (𝑥𝑥 + 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 3)
Combining Like Terms in Expressions

• Like terms have the same variable(s) with the same exponent. For example, in the expression 4𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 9𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥,
4𝑥𝑥 2 and 𝑥𝑥 2 are like terms since they have the same variable and exponent, and 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 and 9𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 are like terms since they have
the same two variables, and the exponent is 1. Like terms can be added or subtracted as shown below.
4𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 9𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = 5𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Expressing a Variable in Terms of Other Variables

• The variables in an equation can be rearranged to isolate one variable from the other variables. For example, in the
equation 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑠𝑠(𝑚𝑚 + 𝑛𝑛), the variable 𝑛𝑛 can be isolated as shown below.
𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑠𝑠(𝑚𝑚 + 𝑛𝑛) → 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 → 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 → = 𝑛𝑛 → − 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑛𝑛
𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠
Tips
• Equations with square roots can be solved by typing the equation in the Desmos graphing calculator and reading the value
of 𝑥𝑥 where the line corresponding to the solution intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis. If the variable is 𝑦𝑦, then read the value of 𝑦𝑦 where
the line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
Note that the Desmos graphing calculator does not graph an extraneous solution. Hence, no need to check for an
extraneous solution.

28
Section 15 – Probability
Key Points
• Probability is the likelihood of achieving certain or desired outcomes from the total possible outcomes, at random.
number of certain or desired outcomes
probability =
number of total possible outcomes
• It is important to identify the outcomes correctly. The table below shows 2 brands of pencils in 3 different colors.
Green Red Black Total

Brand A 2 5 3 10
Brand B 3 2 5 10
• The probability of randomly selecting a red color Brand A pencil out of all the pencils is
All Brand A red color pencils 5 1
= or or 0.25
All pencils 20 4
Note that all the red color Brand A pencils must be considered in the desired selection. The total outcomes must include
all the pencils.
• The probability of randomly selecting a red color or a black color pencil out of all the Brand B pencils is
All Brand B red color pencils + All Brand B black color pencils 2+5 7
= = or 0.7
All Brand B pencils 10 10
Note that all the red color Brand A pencil and all the black color Brand B pencil must be considered in the desired
selection. Since the selection is out of Brand B pencils, the total outcomes must include all Brand B pencils and exclude
Brand A pencils.
• The probability of randomly selecting a red color Brand A pencil or a black color Brand B pencil out of all the pencils is
All Brand A red color pencils + All Brand B black color pencils 5 + 5 10 1
= = or or 0.5
All pencils 10 20 2
Note that all the red color Brand A pencil and all the black color Brand B pencil must be considered in the desired
selection. The total outcomes must include all the pencils.

29
Section 16 – Reading Tables and Graphs
Key Points
Reading Graphs
• A graph illustrates the relationship between two variables plotted as data points. One variable is represented on the
horizontal axis and the other variable is represented on the vertical axis. Each data point is represented as a dot and has a
value on the horizontal axis and a value on the vertical axis.
• The value of a data point on a graph can be determined by reading the value of that dot on the horizontal and the vertical
axes. Use best approximation when reading data points not on the graph grid lines.
• In Fig. 1 below, the data points connect to form a straight line. The number of products sold (vertical axis) are shown
based on the package size of the product (horizontal axis). For example, for package size = 2 ounces, number of
products sold = 70 and for package size = 6 pounds, number of products sold = 40, see the arrows.
• In Fig. 2 below, the data points are connected by line segments. Fig. 3 below, shows the same graph represented as a
curve model. For each year (horizontal axis), the lemon production (vertical axis) can be read from the graph. For
example, in 2002, lemon production = 10 metric tonnes and in 2003, lemon production = approximately 35 metric
tonnes.
𝑦𝑦
Number of products sold
80 Lemon Production from 2000 to 2005 Lemon Production from 2000 to 2005
40
Lemon production
40
Lemon production
(in metric tonnes)

(in metric tonnes)
60
30 30
40 20 20
20 10 10
O 𝑥𝑥 0 0
2 4 6 8 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
Package size (in ounces) Year Year
Scatter Plots
• A scatter plot shows the correlation between two variables plotted as data points on a graph.
• In a positive correlation, the increase in the value of one variable increases the value of the other variable (Fig. 4 below).
• In a negative correlation, the increase in the value of one variable decreases the value of the other variable (Fig. 5
below).
• When the data points are scattered, then there is no correlation between the two variables (Fig. 6 below).
• A line of best fit is a straight line drawn through the maximum number of data points on a scatter plot. If a question does
not have a line of best fit drawn on the scatter plot, then use best estimation to draw a line passing through the maximum
data points.
• When the data points are concentrated around the line of best fit, the correlation is high (strong) (Fig. 4 below). When
the data points are spread out around the line of best fit, the correlation is low (weak) (Fig. 5 below).
• The actual value of a data point is the value of the dot on a scatter plot. The predicted value of the same data point is the
value on the line of best fit.
• The points that lie on the line of best fit are the points for which the predictions are most accurate. The data points
below the line are overestimated since their value on the line is higher than the actual value. The data points above the
line are underestimated since their value on the line is lower than the actual value.
10 10 10
𝑦𝑦-intercept
Line of best fit
5 5 5
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏
𝑦𝑦-intercept
O 𝑥𝑥 O 𝑥𝑥 O 𝑥𝑥
5 10 5 10 5 10

30
• The equation of the line of best fit is the slope-intercept equation, 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. The slope of the line of best fit can be
determined using the slope formula (refer to Section 2 of this book).
• The point where the line of best fit intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis (vertical axis) is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the line. At 𝑦𝑦-intercept,
𝑥𝑥 (horizontal axis) = 0. For example, if 𝑥𝑥 represents the percent discount offered for a certain brand of perfume and
𝑦𝑦 represents the sales (in thousands of dollars), then 𝑦𝑦-intercept is the sales (in thousands of dollars) when 0 percent
discount is offered; in other words, when no percent discount is offered. See the figure below.
𝑦𝑦
10
thousands)
Sales (in
5
𝑦𝑦-intercept O 𝑥𝑥
5 10
Percent discount
Tips
Mental Math:
• In Fig.1 in the Key Points, the difference between the number of products sold based on the package size can be
determined by reading the graph. For example, 70 products are sold for package size = 2 ounces and 40 are products sold
for package size = 6 ounces. The difference is 30.
• The equation for the line of best fit is often apparent by looking at the scatter plot. The 𝑦𝑦-intercept is the value of 𝑏𝑏 in the
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 equation. The slope can be read as rise/run from the graph.
• The data points can be directly read from a graph. For example, in Fig. 2 in the Key Points, for any given year the lemon
production for that year can be directly read from the graph.
On a scatter plot graph, if the 𝑥𝑥 value of a point is given, then the corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value can be read from the graph and
vice versa.
• The difference between the actual and the predicted value of a data point on a scatter plot is apparent from the graph.

31
Section 17 – Histograms, Bar Graphs, and Dot Plots
Key Points
Bar Graphs
• A bar graph shows data grouped into categories. For example, data grouped by book genre, year, color, height, and so on.
The number of data points in each category are represented by a rectangular bar. The height of a bar can be determined by
reading the difference between the bottom value and the top value of the bar.
• A bar graph may contain sub-groups within each category. See example below of departments at a company. Sub-groups
may be displayed side by side as bars within each category (left bar graph below) or may be stacked on each other as a
column (right bar graph below). Note that in a stacked bar graph, the height of the top bar is read from the top of the
bottom bar not from the bottom of the graph. For example, in the stacked bar graph below, in Jan. for Department 1 the
height of the bar is from 0 to 2 = 2 employees and for Department 2, the height of the bar is from 2 to 8 = 6 employees.
Number of New Employees in 2 Departments Number of New Employees in 2 Departments
10 10
Number of new employees
Number of new employees

9 Department 1 9 Department 1
8 Department 2 8 Department 2
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jan Feb Mar Apr May
Month Month
Histograms
• A histogram shows the continuous distribution of data in groups, a main difference from the bar graphs. Groups are
generally represented on the horizontal axis and the number of data points (also known as frequency) on the vertical axis.
The number of data points (or frequency) in each group are represented by a rectangular bar. For example, in the
histogram below, the number of pets are in groups from 0 to 5. The height of each bar represents the number of families in
that group. Out of 60 families, 10 families have no pets, 20 families have 1 pet, 15 families have 2 pets, 10 families have
3 pets, no family has 4 pets and 5 families have 5 pets.
• The sum of the data in a histogram can be determined by multiplying the value of a group by the frequency of the group.
In this example, the total number of pets in the 60 families = (0 × 10) + (1 × 20) + (2 × 15) + (3 × 10) + (5 × 5).
Number of Pets in 60 Families
20
Number of families
15
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of pets
Dot Plots
A dot plot shows the distribution of relatively small data sets, as compared to a histogram. Data points are represented using
dots. The horizontal axis represents the group and the number of dots on each group represent the number of data points in
that group. For example, in the dot plot below, 2 families (2 dots) have 1 pet, 1 family (1 dot) has 2 pets, and so on.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of pets
32
Section 18 – Mean, Median, Mode, Range, and SD
Key Points
Mean
• The mean is the sum of numbers in a data set divided by the total count of numbers in the data set. It is same as average.
sum of numbers
mean =
count of numbers
• When the count and the mean of a set of numbers is given, the sum of the numbers = mean × count of numbers. For
example, if 8.5 is the mean of a set of 5 numbers, then the sum of the numbers is 5 × 8.5 = 42.5.
Similarly, if the mean of 3 numbers 10, 7, and 𝑥𝑥 is 24, then 𝑥𝑥 can be determined by setting the mean and equating it to 24.
10 + 7 + 𝑥𝑥
mean = = 24 → 17 + 𝑥𝑥 = 24 × 3 → 17 + 𝑥𝑥 = 72 → 𝑥𝑥 = 55
3
Mean in Grouped Data
• When grouped numbers are given, the sum of numbers in each group must be determined before calculating the mean of
the group. For example, if 7 students are 50 inches tall and 3 students are 65 inches tall, then the total height of
7 + 3 = 10 students is (7 × 50) + (3 × 65). Dividing this total by 10 will give the mean height of the 10 students.
• In a histogram or a dot plot, the mean is the sum of the data in all groups divided by the number of data points. See below.
Number of Pets in 55 Families
(2 × 20)
20
Number of Times 15 Students Played
(1 × 15)
Number of families
15 Sports per Week
(3 × 10)
10 (5 × 4)
(2 × 3) (4 × 3)
(0 × 2) (3 × 2)
(0 × 5) (5 × 5) (1 × 1)
5
0 0 1 2 3 4 5
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of pets Number of times
(0 × 5) + (1 × 15) + (2 × 20) + (3 × 10) + (5 × 5) (0 × 2) + (1 × 1) + (2 × 3) + (3 × 2) + (4 × 3) + (5 × 4)

= =
55 15
0 + 15 + 40 + 30 + 25 110 0 + 1 + 6 + 6 + 12 + 20 45
= = 2 pets = = 3 times
55 55 15 15
Median
• In a data set of sorted numbers, the median is determined based on the count of numbers in the data set. If the data set is
not sorted, then it must be sorted before determining the median.
• If the data set contains an odd count of numbers, then the median is the middle number. For example, in a set of 7
numbers, the 4th number is the middle number and the median. In the data set 4, 8, 19, 32, 44, 60, 71, the median is 32.
• If the data set contains an even count of numbers, then the median is the average of the two middle numbers. For
example, there are 8 numbers in the data set 5, 7, 12, 15, 21, 22, 30, 31. The median is the average of 15 and 21 = 18.
Median in Grouped Data
• In a grouped set of data, the group that includes the median of the data points is the median group. For example, the table
below shows the number of vacation days per year for 29 employees at a company. The vacation days are grouped in
increments of 5.
The median of 29 employees (29 data points) is the 15th employee (15th data point). The median number of vacation days
is in the group that contains the 15th employee. Do a running count of employees from left to right till the 15th employee is
reached. This falls in 11 − 15 vacation days. The median number of vacation days can be any integer from 11 to 15.
Number of vacation days 1−5 6 − 10 11 − 15
Number of employees 5 8 16
Running count 1 to 5th
st
6 to 13th
th
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐th
th

33
• In a histogram, the bar that includes the median data point is the median group. In the histogram below, there are 55
families (data points). The medium is in the bar that includes the 28th family (median of 55 data points). The running
count of the number of families from left to right is shown on the top of each bar. The 28th family is in number of daily
fruit servings = 2. Hence, the median number of daily servings of 55 families is 2. Note that there are 15 families in the
median bar. Hence, the number of families for the median number of daily fruit servings is 15.
• In a dot plot, the median is in the group that includes the dot corresponding to the median data point. In the dot plot below,
there are 14 kids (data points). The median is in the group that includes the 7th and the 8th dot (median of 14 data points).
The running count of the number of kids from left to right is shown. This is in the group for number of rides = 3. Hence,
the median number of rides is 3.
• In a bar graph, the median is the middle number of the height of the bars, ordered from least to greatest. In the bar graph
below, the number of employees ordered from least to greatest are 1, 4, 7, 8, 8. The median number of employees is 7.
Number of Daily Fruit Serving 55 For Families Employee Vacation at a Company
6 to 25 9 8
20 8
Number of employees
8
7
7
Number of families
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒

15 6
5
41 to 50 4
10 4
3
1 to 5 51 to 55 2
5 1
1
0
0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of daily fruit servings Month
Number of Rides for 14 Kids

1 to 4
𝟕𝟕 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝟗𝟗
5 to 6 10 to 11 13 to 14
12
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of rides
Mode
• The mode is the number that occurs most often in a data set. For example, in the data set 4, 5, 19, 32, 5, the mode is 5
since it occurs 2 times. Other numbers occur once. If a data set does not contain repeated numbers, then there is no mode.
Range
• The range is the difference between the lowest number and the highest number in a data set.
Standard Deviation (SD in the title)

• The standard deviation is the spread of numbers in a data set from the mean. The comparative spread of numbers in 2 or
more data sets is apparent by looking at the numbers in the data sets. Calculating the mean is not required. For example, in
the two data sets shown below, it is apparent that the spread of numbers in Set 1 is higher.
Set 1 4.5 6.8 50.5 60.5 70.2 80.8

Set 2 42.3 35.8 32.5 65.9 46.4 45.6
Tips
Mental Math:
• The median in a dot plot can be determined by counting the dots from left to right till the dot corresponding to the median
data point is reached.
• The median in a table or a histogram can be determined by doing a running count of data points till the median data point
is reached.
• The standard deviation in two or more data sets can be compared by observing the spread of numbers.
34
Section 19 – Median and Range in Box Plots
Key Points
• A box plot (also known as box and whisker plot) distributes the numbers in a data set from least to greatest into 4 sections.
Each section contains approximately 25% of the numbers. See the figure below.
𝑄𝑄1 Median (𝑄𝑄2) 𝑄𝑄3

Minimum Maximum
25% 25%
25% 25%
Whisker Whisker
50%
Median = 𝑄𝑄1 Median = 𝑄𝑄3
• The middle 50% of the numbers are represented in a box. The median is the middle number of the data set in the box
and is shown by a vertical line. It can be read directly from the box plot.
• The number at the left end of the box is known as the First Quartile (𝑄𝑄1). It is the median of the 50% numbers to the left
of the median.
• The number at the right end of the box is known as the Third Quartile (𝑄𝑄3). It is the median of the 50% numbers to the
right of the median.
• The minimum is the lowest number in a data set and the maximum is the highest number in a data set. They can be
directly read from the box plot.
• The range is the difference between the maximum and the minimum.
• The actual numbers in a data set are not known in a box plot. Hence, the mean cannot be determined from a box plot.
Tips
• The median, and the minimum and the maximum values in a data set can be read from a box plot.

35
Section 20 – Studies and Data Interpretation
Key Points
• Studies and surveys are conducted using a random sample from the sample population.
For example, if a survey is to be conducted on the satisfaction of train service at a certain train station, then the sample
population is all the people coming in and out of that train station. Since it is not practical to survey every single person
coming in and out of that train station a random sample of appropriate size will be surveyed. The sample must be large
enough to represent the true average of the sample population. If the sample is not random, or is small, or deviates from
the sample population, then the study or the survey is flawed.
In the above example, if a survey is conducted on the first 50 people at the train station each day, then the sample is not
random and is small. It will not represent the true average of the sample population. Similarly, if random people at a
nearby restaurant are also included in the survey, then the sample no longer represents the correct sample population.
• A margin of error is the variability by which the results obtained from a random sample are expected to differ from that of
the sample population. It is the positive and the negative deviation from the results. Increasing the random sample size can
reduce the margin of error.
In the above example, if 65% of the people surveyed in a random sample were satisfied with a margin of error of 3%, then
it is plausible that between 65% − 3% = 62% and 65% + 3% = 68% of the people at that train station will respond
similarly.
For example, if the random sample is 5,000, then it is plausible that between 5,000 × 62% = 5,000 × 0.62 = 3,100 and
5,000 × 67% = 5,000 × 0.67 = 3,350 people at that train station will respond similarly.
• A confidence level is how often the results obtained from a random sample will deviate from another random sample from
the same population for the same study or survey.
For example, 95% confidence level of a team conducting a survey indicates that the team is 95% confident that if the
survey is repeated as many times, the same results will be obtained 95% of the time and will reflect the true average of the
sample population.
• Generalization is applying the results obtained from a random sample to the sample population. The largest population the
results can be generalized to is the sample population. In the above example, the largest population the survey can be
generalized to is all the people at that train station. It would be incorrect to generalize the results to people at any other
train station.

36
Section 21 – Circles
Key Points
Circle and Angles
• The radius of a circle is any line segment from the center of the circle to a point on the circle. In the figure below, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 are two radii of a circle.
• The diameter of a circle is any line segment from one point on the circle to another point on the circle that passes through
the center of the circle. It divides the circle into two equal halves, each half is known as a semicircle.
• A chord in a circle is any line segment from one point on the circle to another point on the circle that does not pass through
the center of the circle. See the figure below for chords 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶.
• An angle formed between two radii of a circle is known as a central angle. See angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 in the figure below.
• An angle formed between two chords originating from the same point on a circle is known as an inscribed angle. See angle
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 in the figure below. An inscribed angle is half the measure of its corresponding central angle.
180 2 180
• An angle in 𝜋𝜋 radians can be converted to degrees by multiplying it with. . For example,. 𝜋𝜋 × = 120°.
𝜋𝜋 3 𝜋𝜋
𝜋𝜋 𝜋𝜋 2
• An angle in degrees can be converted to 𝜋𝜋 radians by multiplying it with. . For example, 120° × = 𝜋𝜋 radians.
180 180 3
Circumference and Arc of a Circle

• The circumference of a circle is 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle and 𝜋𝜋 is approximately 3.14.
• In degrees, the circumference of a full circle is 360°.
• An arc is the portion of the circumference enclosed between the endpoints of two chords or two radii on the
circumference. In the figure below, arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is enclosed between the endpoints of radii 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 and the endpoints of
chords 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶.
• The degree measure of an arc is equal to the degree measure of its central angle and twice the degree measure of its
inscribed angle. See arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 in the figure below. Note that an arc can also be written with an arc accent. For example, the
�.
arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 can be written as 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
• An arc less than a semicircle is known as a minor arc. An arc greater than a semicircle is known as a major arc.
• The proportion relationship between the length of an arc and the circumference of the circle is
arc length degree measure of central angle
=
circumference 360°
• When the central angle is given in radians, the length of the arc can be determined as. 𝑠𝑠 = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟, where 𝑠𝑠 is the length of the
arc, 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle, and 𝜃𝜃 is the central angle in 𝜋𝜋 radians.
𝜃𝜃
• When the central angle is given in degrees, the length of the arc can be determined as 𝑠𝑠 = 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 × , where 𝑠𝑠 is the length
360
of the arc, 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle, and 𝜃𝜃 is the central angle in degrees.
Center of the circle

𝐴𝐴
Radius
Chord Inscribed arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 90°
90° 𝐵𝐵 Central angle
Inscribed angle 𝑃𝑃 45° 𝑂𝑂
Sector
Chord
Radius
𝐶𝐶
Area of a Circle, a Semicircle, and a Sector of a Circle

• The area of a circle is 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 , where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle and 𝜋𝜋 is approximately 3.14.
• The area of each semicircle is half the area of the circle.
• If the area of a circle is given, then the radius can be determined by equating it to 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 . For example, if the area of a circle
is 16𝜋𝜋, then the radius can be determined as shown below.
𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 = 16𝜋𝜋 → 𝑟𝑟 2 = 16 = 42 → 𝑟𝑟 = 4
37
• The area enclosed between two radii is known as a sector.
1
• When the central angle is given in radians, the area of the sector can be determined as. 𝑟𝑟 2 𝜃𝜃, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the
2
circle and 𝜃𝜃 is the central angle in 𝜋𝜋 radians.
𝜃𝜃
• When the central angle is given in degrees, the area of the sector can be determined as. 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 × , where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius
360
of the circle and 𝜃𝜃 is the central angle in degrees.
Standard Form Equation of a Circle

• The equation of a circle in the standard form is (𝑥𝑥 − ℎ)2 + (𝑦𝑦 − 𝑘𝑘)2 = 𝑟𝑟 2 , where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle, (ℎ, 𝑘𝑘) are
the coordinates of the center of the circle, and (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) are the coordinates of any point on the circumference of the circle.
For example, in the equation (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 + (𝑦𝑦 + 5)2 = 9, the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the center is 2, the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the center is
−5, and 𝑟𝑟 2 = 9. Since 𝑟𝑟 2 = 9, 𝑟𝑟 = 3 and the diameter is 2 × 3 = 6.
• The radius of a circle can be determined when the center of the circle and any point on the circumference of the circle are
given. Plug the center as (ℎ, 𝑘𝑘) and the given point as (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) in (𝑥𝑥 − ℎ)2 + (𝑦𝑦 − 𝑘𝑘)2 = 𝑟𝑟 2 and determine 𝑟𝑟 2 .
General Form Equation of a Circle

• The equation of a circle in the general form is 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 + 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶 = 0, where 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶 are constants. 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are
also the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, respectively. The general form equation can be converted to the standard form. See below.
Completing the Square
• Pre-step, if needed: If the equation contains a common multiple in all the terms, then simplify the equation before
proceeding. Keep the value of 𝐶𝐶 to the right side of the equation. For example, in 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 2 − 12𝑦𝑦 + 8 = 0 move
8 to the right side and divide the equation by the common multiple 2.
2𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 2 − 12𝑦𝑦 + 8 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 2 − 6𝑦𝑦 = −4
• Step 1: Determine the factors: The factors for 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 can be determined by dividing their coefficient by 2. In the above
equation, the coefficient of 𝑥𝑥 = 4 and the coefficient of 𝑦𝑦 = −6. The corresponding factor are (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 and (𝑦𝑦 − 3)2 .
• Step 2: Balance the equation: Replace the left-side of the general form equation with the above factors and individually
add the square of 2 and −3 to the right-side of the equation.
(𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + (𝑦𝑦 − 3)2 = −4 + 22 + (−3)2 → (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + (𝑦𝑦 − 3)2 = −4 + 4 + 9 → (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + (𝑦𝑦 − 3)2 = 9
Circles and Other Geometric Figures

• A triangle formed within a circle with two sides as radii is an isosceles triangle (Fig. 1 below).
• A triangle formed within a circle with one side as the diameter of the circle and the other two sides as chords, has a right
angle where the two chords meet (Fig. 2 below).
• An angle formed by the radius of a circle and a line segment tangent to the circle is a right angle (Fig. 3 below). Two such
tangent line segments form a quadrilateral (Fig. 3 below).
Radius
Diameter Quadrilateral
O Radius O O
Isosceles Chord Tangent
triangle segment
Tips
• The coordinates of the center of the circle can be directly read from the standard form equation.

• From a general form equation of a circle, the coordinates of the center of a circle and the length of radius and diameter of a
circle can be determined by typing the equation of the circle in the Desmos graphing calculator.
The diameter is the distance between the two opposite vertical points or two opposite horizontal points on the
circumference of the circle. The midpoint of the opposite horizontal points is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the center and the
midpoint of the opposite vertical points is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the center. The length of the radius is half of the diameter.
38
Section 22 – Lines and Angles
Key Points
• At any point on a line, the sum of angles is 180°. For example, in the Fig. 1 below, at the point 𝑃𝑃, ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 = 180°.
• Two angles that add up to 180° are known as supplementary angles.
• Two angles that add up to 90° are known as complimentary angles.
• Two intersecting lines form four angles. Each opposite pair are called vertical angles and are congruent. For example, in
the Fig. 2 below, lines 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑝𝑝 are intersecting lines. ∠1 = ∠4 and ∠2 = ∠3. Similarly, lines 𝑑𝑑 and 𝑝𝑝 are intersecting
lines. ∠5 = ∠8 and ∠6 = ∠7.
• When a straight line cuts across two parallel lines, several types of angles are formed. In Fig. 2 below, parallel lines 𝑐𝑐 and
𝑑𝑑 are intersected by line 𝑝𝑝. The types of angles and their position identified by numbers is shown in the figure.
• Corresponding angles are congruent. ∠1 = ∠5, ∠2 = ∠6, ∠3 = ∠7, and ∠4 = ∠8.
• Alternate interior angles are congruent. ∠4 = ∠5 and ∠3 = ∠6.
• Alternate exterior angles are congruent. ∠1 = ∠8 and ∠2 = ∠7.
• Same side interior angles are supplementary angles. ∠3 + ∠5 = 180° and ∠4 + ∠6 = 180°.
• Same side exterior angles are supplementary angles. ∠1 + ∠7 = 180° and ∠2 + ∠8 = 180°.
• When two or more parallel lines are intersected by two or more non-parallel lines, the ratio of any two segments on one
non-parallel line is equal to the ratio of the corresponding segments on the other non-parallel line.
For example, in the Fig. 3 below, lines 𝑙𝑙, 𝑚𝑚, and 𝑛𝑛 are parallel lines and lines 𝑝𝑝 and 𝑞𝑞 are non-parallel intersecting lines.
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
Hence,. = ,. = , and. = .
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
𝑝𝑝 𝑝𝑝 𝑞𝑞
1 2 𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵
𝑐𝑐
3 4
𝑚𝑚 𝐶𝐶 𝐷𝐷
1 2 5 6
3 𝑑𝑑
7 8 𝑛𝑛 𝐸𝐸 𝐹𝐹
𝑃𝑃
Tips
Mental Math:
• In Fig. 1 in the Key Points, if ∠1 = 2𝑥𝑥, ∠2 = 2𝑥𝑥, and ∠3 = 𝑥𝑥, then 5𝑥𝑥 is 180 and 𝑥𝑥 is 36.
• In Fig. 2 in the Key Points, if ∠4 = 75°, then ∠1 is also 75° and ∠6 is 180 minus 75 equal to 105.

39
Section 23 – Triangles
Key Points
Triangle Sides and Angles
• A triangle has three sides, three angles, and three vertices (corners).
• The sum of the degree measure of the three angles is 180°.
• The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side. For example, if
𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦, and 𝑧𝑧 are the three sides of a triangle, then 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 > 𝑧𝑧, 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑧𝑧 > 𝑦𝑦, and 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑧𝑧 > 𝑥𝑥.
• An exterior angle is formed when any side of a triangle is extended. It is equal to the sum of the two non-adjacent
angles. In the Fig. 1 below, 𝑐𝑐 is the exterior angle, and 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are the two non-adjacent angles. 𝑐𝑐° = 𝑎𝑎° + 𝑏𝑏°.
Types of Triangles
• An equilateral triangle has all three sides and all three angles equal. Since the total degree measure of the three angles of a
triangle is 180°, each angle of an equilateral triangle is 60°.
• A perpendicular line segment from any corner to the opposite side divides the equilateral triangle into two equal
triangles that have angles with degree measure shown in the Fig. 2 below.
• An isosceles triangle has two sides of equal length. The angles opposite to these sides are equal (Fig. 3 below).
• A right triangle has one of the angles as 90°, also known as the right angle. The other two angles are acute angles, and
their sum is 90° (Fig. 4, Fig. 5, and Fig. 6 below). The side opposite to the right angle is known as the hypotenuse and is
the longest side. The other two sides are known as the legs and meet at the 90° angle.
Special Right Triangles

• The right triangles that have angles with degree measure of 45°-45°-90° and 30°-60°-90° have known side length
relationship. These are helpful to remember.
• 45°-45°-90°: In the Fig. 5 below, 𝑎𝑎 are the sides opposite to 45° angles and 𝑎𝑎√2 (hypothenuse) is the side opposite to
90° angle. The ratio of the side lengths in relation to the opposite angles is 45°:45°:90° → 𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎√2.
If the length of one of the sides is given, then the length of the other two sides can be determined. For example, if the side
corresponding to 𝑎𝑎√2 is 5√2, then 𝑎𝑎 = 5. Similarly, if the side corresponding to 𝑎𝑎 is 4, then 𝑎𝑎√2 is 4√2.
• 30°-60°-90°: In the Fig. 6 below, 𝑎𝑎 is the side opposite to 30° angle, 𝑎𝑎√3 is the side opposite to 60° angle, and 2𝑎𝑎
(hypothenuse) is the side opposite to 90° angle. The ratio of the side lengths in relation to the opposite angles is
30°:60°:90° → 𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎√3: 2𝑎𝑎. If 𝑎𝑎√3 is 2√3, then 𝑎𝑎 = 2 and 2𝑎𝑎 = 4. Similarly, if 𝑎𝑎 is 4, then 𝑎𝑎√3 = 4√3 and 2𝑎𝑎 = 8.
30° 30°
𝑏𝑏° 45° 𝑎𝑎√2
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 2𝑎𝑎
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 60°
Leg
𝑐𝑐° 𝑎𝑎° 60° 60° 𝑥𝑥° 𝑥𝑥° 45° 30°

𝑎𝑎 Leg 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎√3
Exterior angle Equilateral triangle Isosceles triangle Right triangle 45°-45°-90° 30°-60°-90°
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Remember that in a question on a right triangle, if the length of one of the legs is given with √3, then it is most likely a
30°-60°-90° triangle and if the length of the hypothenuse is given with √2, then it is most likely a 45°-45°-90° triangle.
Area of a Triangle
1
• The area of any triangle can be determined as. 𝑏𝑏ℎ, where 𝑏𝑏 is the length of the base and ℎ is the height. The height of a
2
triangle is the length of a perpendicular line segment from the highest vertex of the triangle to the base. In a right triangle,
the height is the vertical line segment adjacent to the right angle. See the figures below.
𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴
ℎ
ℎ ℎ
𝐵𝐵 𝑏𝑏 𝐶𝐶 𝐵𝐵 𝑏𝑏 𝐶𝐶 𝐵𝐵 𝑏𝑏 𝐶𝐶

40
�3
• The area of an equilateral triangle can also be determined as. 𝑎𝑎2 , where 𝑎𝑎 is the length of each side.
4
Similar Triangles
• In two similar triangles, the corresponding angles are congruent, and the corresponding sides are in proportion. Two
triangles are similar when they meet one of the criteria shown below.
𝐵𝐵 𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴
2 𝑥𝑥°
𝑥𝑥° 1 12 𝐷𝐷
𝐶𝐶 𝐸𝐸 𝐷𝐷 8
2 4 6
𝑥𝑥° 1
𝐸𝐸 𝐷𝐷 𝐶𝐶 𝐵𝐵 𝐵𝐵 4 𝐶𝐶 𝐸𝐸 2 𝐹𝐹
Three angles are congruent Two sides are in proportion Three sides are in proportion
In the triangles 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸, and share the same angle In the triangles 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷, the
angles 𝑥𝑥 are congruent vertical In the triangles 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, the ratios 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴:𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 (8: 4 = 2: 1), 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵:𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
angles and the right angles 𝐵𝐵 and 𝐷𝐷 ratios 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴:𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (2: 1) and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴:𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (4: 2 = 2: 1), and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴:𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
are congruent. Since the sum of three (4: 2 = 2: 1) are the same and the (12: 6 = 2: 1) are the same.
angles of any triangle is 180°, the sides share the same angle 𝑥𝑥. The corresponding sides will be
third angle must be congruent. The sides sharing the same angle are between the corresponding vertices. In
The corresponding sides are between corresponding sides. Hence, the this example, vertices 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶
the corresponding angles. Hence, corresponding sides are 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, correspond to vertices 𝐷𝐷, 𝐸𝐸, and 𝐹𝐹,
the corresponding sides are 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷. respectively. Hence, the corresponding
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷, and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸. sides are 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 and 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸, and
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷.
• When a triangle is modified by proportionally shrinking or enlarging each side, the original and the modified triangles are
similar triangles. The perimeter and the area of the modified triangle will change, and all the three sides will proportionally
decrease or increase in length. However, the corresponding angles and the side proportions in the original and the
modified triangles will remain the same.
Pythagorean Theorem and Pythagorean Triples

• Pythagorean Theorem: If the lengths of any the two sides of a right triangle are known, then the length of the third side can
be calculated using the Pythagorean Theorem. Pythagorean Theorem is written as 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 = 𝑐𝑐 2 , where 𝑐𝑐 is the
hypotenuse and 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are the two legs of the right triangle.
• Pythagorean Triples: When the lengths of all three sides of a right triangle are integers, their lengths are collectively
known as Pythagorean triples. Common Pythagorean triples are 3: 4: 5, 5: 12: 13, 8: 15: 17 and 7: 24: 25 or any of their
multiples. The largest ratio corresponds to the hypotenuse and the smallest ratio corresponds to the smallest side.
For example, in the triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 shown below, if the hypotenuse 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 10, and one of the legs 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6, then the ratio of
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6: 10 is the ratio of the Pythagorean triple 6: 8: 10. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 10 = 6: 8: 10 → 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 8.
𝐴𝐴
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶
Tips
Mental Math:
• In Fig. 1 in the Key Points, if 𝑎𝑎 = 60° and 𝑏𝑏 = 80°, then the exterior angle 𝑐𝑐 is 60 plus 80 equal to 140°.
• In a triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, if angle 𝐴𝐴 is 50° and angle 𝐵𝐵 is 70°, then the degree measure of angle 𝐶𝐶 is 180 minus the sum of 50
and 70 equal to 180 minus 120 equal to 60.
• As shown in the Key Points, the side lengths of 45°-45°-90° triangle and 30°-60°-90° triangle are apparent if the length
of one of the sides is given.
• As shown in the Key Points, if the ratio of two sides of a right triangle is a Pythagorean triple, then the length of the third
side is apparent if you know the Pythagorean triples.

41
Section 24 – Quadrilaterals
Key Points
Quadrilaterals
• A quadrilateral has 4 sides (edges) and 4 angles. Various quadrilaterals are given below.
• The sum of the interior angles of a quadrilateral is 360°. For example, in the quadrilateral below, the sum of angles
𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐, and 𝑑𝑑 is 360°.
𝑎𝑎°
𝑏𝑏°
𝑐𝑐°
Square, Rectangle, Trapezoid, and Parallelogram
𝑠𝑠 𝑎𝑎
𝑎𝑎
𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤 ℎ
ℎ
𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
Square Rectangle Trapezoid Parallelogram

All 4 sides are equal, and The opposite facing sides One pair of opposite sides Opposite sides are parallel
all angles are 90°. are equal. All angles are are parallel. and equal in length.
90°.
• Perimeter = 4𝑠𝑠. 1 • Area = 𝑏𝑏ℎ.
• Area= (𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏)ℎ.
• Area = 𝑠𝑠 2 . • Perimeter = 2(𝑙𝑙 + 𝑤𝑤). 2 𝑏𝑏 is the base and ℎ is the
• Area = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙. 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are the two height.
• Diagonal = 𝑠𝑠√2.
𝑙𝑙 is the length and 𝑤𝑤 is parallel bases and ℎ is the
𝑠𝑠 is the side. height.
the width.
• In a trapezoid and a parallelogram, the height is the perpendicular distance between the parallel bases. If the height is not
given, then it can most likely be determined using the ratio of Pythagorean triples or special right triangles. For example,
in the parallelogram shown below, if the length of ��
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is 6 and ��
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is 10, then 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = ℎ = 8 (ratio of Pythagorean triple).
𝐶𝐶
𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵
Tips
Mental Math:
• If each side of a square is 9, then the area is 9 times 9 equal to 81. Similarly, if the area of a square is 144, then each side
is square root of 144 equal to 12.
• The height of a trapezoid or a parallelogram may be apparent as described in the Key Points.

42
Section 25 – Three-Dimensional Figures
Key Points
Cube and Right Rectangular Prism
• A cube is bounded by 6 square faces (Fig. 1 below). For a cube of side 𝑠𝑠, see the following formulas.
• Surface area = 6𝑠𝑠 2 .
• Surface area of each square face = 𝑠𝑠 2 .
• Volume = 𝑠𝑠 3 .
• Diagonal = 𝑠𝑠√3.
• A right rectangular prism has 6 rectangular faces, for example, a rectangular box (Fig. 2). For a right rectangular prism
with length 𝑙𝑙, width 𝑤𝑤, and height ℎ, see the following formulas.
• Surface area = 2(𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 + 𝑙𝑙ℎ + 𝑤𝑤ℎ).
• Volume = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ.
Sphere, Right Circular Cone, Right Pyramid, and Right Cylinder

4
• The volume of a sphere is. 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3 , where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the sphere (Fig. 3 below). Example of a sphere is a circular ball.
3
1
• The volume of a right circular cone is. 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius and ℎ is the height of the cone (Fig. 4 below).
3
1
• The volume can also be written as. × area of the circular base (𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ) × ℎ.
3
1
• The volume of a right pyramid with a rectangular base is. 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ, where 𝑙𝑙 is the base length, 𝑤𝑤 is the base width, and ℎ is
3
the height of the pyramid (Fig. 5 below).
1
• The volume can also be written as. × area of the rectangular base (𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙) × ℎ.
3
• If the base is a square, then 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑤𝑤 are same.
• The volume of a right cylinder is 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius and ℎ is the height of the cylinder (Fig. 6 below).
• The volume can also be written as area of the circular base (𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ) × ℎ.
𝑠𝑠 ℎ ℎ ℎ 𝑟𝑟
𝑟𝑟 ℎ
𝑠𝑠 𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤
𝑟𝑟
𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6
• If the volume is given, the radius or the height can be determined, depending on the question. For example, if the volume
of a right circular cone is 12𝜋𝜋 and the height is 1, then radius can be calculated as follows.
1 1 1
𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ → 12𝜋𝜋 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ → 12 = 𝑟𝑟 2 × 1 → 𝑟𝑟 2 = 12 × 3 → 𝑟𝑟 2 = 36 = 62 → 𝑟𝑟 = ±6 = 6
3 3 3
Tips
Mental Math:
• If each side of a cube is 5, then the volume is 5 times 3 equal to 125. Similarly, if the volume of a cube is 64, then each
side is cube root of 64 equal to 4. For larger numbers, calculator will be required.

43
Section 26 – Trigonometry
Key Points
• The three main trigonometric functions are the sine (sin), the cosine (cos), and the tangent (tan). The definitions can be
remembered as SOH-CAH-TOA.
• In the figure below, triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is a right triangle with angle 𝐵𝐵 as the right angle. For the acute angle 𝑥𝑥, 𝐴𝐴𝐵𝐵 is the
opposite side, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 is the adjacent side and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is the hypotenuse.
𝐴𝐴
opposite
𝑥𝑥°
𝐵𝐵 adjacent 𝐶𝐶
• SOH: sine equals opposite over hypotenuse. For angle 𝑥𝑥,

opposite 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
sin 𝑥𝑥 = =
hypotenuse 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
• CAH: cosine equals adjacent over hypotenuse. For angle 𝑥𝑥,
adjacent 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
cos 𝑥𝑥 = =
hypotenuse 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
• TOA: tangent equals opposite over adjacent. For angle 𝑥𝑥,
opposite 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
tan 𝑥𝑥 = =
adjacent 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
• For two acute angles 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 in a right triangle, the following facts are helpful to remember.
• sin 𝑥𝑥° = cos 𝑦𝑦° and sin 𝑦𝑦° = cos 𝑥𝑥° (sine of one acute angle equals the cosine of the other acute angle and vice versa).
• sin 𝑥𝑥° = cos (90° − 𝑥𝑥°) and sin 𝑦𝑦° = cos (90° − 𝑦𝑦°) (sine of an angle equals to the cosine of its complement).
• cos 𝑥𝑥° = sin (90° − 𝑥𝑥°) and cos 𝑦𝑦° = sin (90° − 𝑦𝑦°) (cosine of an angle equals to the sine of its complement).
1
• tan of the two acute angles are inverse of each other. For example, if tan 𝑥𝑥 = √3, then tan 𝑦𝑦 = .
�3
• In similar right triangles, the sine, the cosine, and the tangent at the corresponding vertices are the same. For example, in
similar right triangles 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 shown below, vertices 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶 correspond to vertices 𝑋𝑋, 𝑌𝑌, and 𝑍𝑍, respectively.
𝐴𝐴
𝑋𝑋 sin 𝐴𝐴 = sin 𝑋𝑋, cos 𝐴𝐴 = cos 𝑋𝑋, and tan 𝐴𝐴 = tan 𝑋𝑋
sin 𝐶𝐶 = sin 𝑍𝑍, cos 𝐶𝐶 = cos 𝑍𝑍, and tan 𝐶𝐶 = tan 𝑍𝑍
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶 𝑌𝑌 𝑍𝑍
• The side ratio of a right triangle may be the ratio of a Pythagorean triple, or the ratio of a 45°-45°-90° or 30°-60°-90°
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
triangle. For example, in the triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 above, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 8, and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 10. To determine sin 𝐶𝐶 = , the value of 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
required. 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 8: 10 is the ratio of the Pythagorean triple 6: 8: 10. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6: 8: 10 → 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6.
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 6
sin 𝐶𝐶 = =
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 10
Tips
Mental Math:
• For two acute angles 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 of a right triangle, if sin 𝑥𝑥 is given, then cos (90° − 𝑥𝑥°) and cos 𝑦𝑦 will have the same value.
Similarly, if cos 𝑥𝑥 is given, then cos (90° − 𝑥𝑥°) and sin 𝑦𝑦 will have the same value.
• In the similar triangles 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 in the Key Points, if 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6, and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 10, then 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 is 8. sin, cos, and tan of any
acute angle can be determined using mental math.

44
Digital SAT
Math
Practice Tests

45
Instructions
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Instructions
Use of calculator is permitted for all questions.
For multiple-choice questions, solve each problem, choose the correct answer from the choices provided, and then circle
your answer in this book. Circle only one answer for each question. If you change your mind, completely erase the circle.
For student-produced response questions, solve each problem and write your answer next to or under the question in the
book as described below.
• If you find more than one correct answer, write and circle only one answer.
• Your answer can be up to 5 characters for a positive answer and up to 6 characters (including the negative sign) for a
negative answer, but no more.
• If your answer is a fraction that is too long (over 5 characters for positive, 6 characters for negative), write the decimal
equivalent.
• If your answer is a decimal that is too long (over 5 characters for positive, 6 characters for negative), truncate it or round at
1 7
the fourth digit. If your answer is a mixed number (such as 3 ), write it as an improper fraction. � � or its decimal
2 2
equivalent (3.5).
• Don't include symbols.
Reference
𝑙𝑙
𝑐𝑐 2𝑎𝑎 60° 45° 𝑎𝑎√2
𝑟𝑟 ℎ 𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎
𝑤𝑤
30° 45°
𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎√3 𝑎𝑎
1
𝐴𝐴 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑏𝑏ℎ 𝑐𝑐 2 = 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 Special Right Triangles
2
𝐶𝐶 = 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝑟𝑟 𝑟𝑟 ℎ
ℎ ℎ ℎ
𝑟𝑟
𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤
𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙
4 1 1
𝑉𝑉 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ
3 3 3
The number of degrees in a circle is 360.

The number of radians of arc in a circle is 2𝜋𝜋.
The sum of the measures in degrees of the angles of a triangle is 180.

46
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 1
Module 2.1
Test duration - 35 min
Total questions - 22
Time the test: If you have not completed all the questions in this module within 35 minutes, then leave the remaining
questions and proceed to Module 2.2. You can complete the remaining questions after you have completed checking
the answers.

47
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 1
1 4
In the equation 5𝑥𝑥 − 9 = 2𝑥𝑥, what is the value of 𝑥𝑥?

A) 3
(3𝑥𝑥 + 25)° 4𝑥𝑥°
B) 5
C) 9
D) 15
Note: Figure not drawn to scale
The figure above shows two intersecting lines. What is

the value of 4𝑥𝑥?
2
A) 25
Which of the following expression is equivalent to B) 45

(3𝑥𝑥 4 − 𝑥𝑥 2 ) + 𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 ) C) 60
A) 3
3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 3 2
D) 100
B) 3𝑥𝑥 4 + 2𝑥𝑥 3 − 𝑥𝑥 2
C) 3𝑥𝑥 4 + 𝑥𝑥 3
D) 3𝑥𝑥 4 + 2𝑥𝑥 3
𝑦𝑦
3
4
𝑦𝑦
3
450 2
Total cost (in dollars)
375 1
300 𝑥𝑥
-4 -3 -2 -1 O 1 2
225 -1
150 -2
75
What is an equation of the graph shown?
𝑥𝑥
O 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
A) 𝑦𝑦 = −0.5𝑥𝑥 − 1
Days
B) 𝑦𝑦 = −2𝑥𝑥 − 1
The line graph above shows the relationship between
the total cost 𝑦𝑦, in dollars, for renting a certain type of a C) 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 1
car from a certain car rental agency and the number of D) 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1
days the car is rented 𝑥𝑥. Based on the graph, what is the
total cost of renting a car for 10 days?
A) $70
B) $150
C) $375
D) $450

48
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 1
6 9
𝑦𝑦
𝑛𝑛 = 490 + 14𝑚𝑚
The above equation determines the total number of 4
books 𝑛𝑛 in a library 𝑚𝑚 months after the library was
renovated. How many new books were added each 2
month to the library for 𝑚𝑚 months after renovation?
A) 5 𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
B) 14
-2
C) 35
D) 490 -4
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, which of the following inequality

models the shaded region in the above graph?
A) 𝑦𝑦 = 2
7 B) 𝑦𝑦 < 𝑥𝑥 + 1
45 C) 𝑦𝑦 > 𝑥𝑥 + 1
2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 =
2𝑧𝑧 D) 𝑦𝑦 > −𝑥𝑥 + 2
In the given equation, 𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦, and 𝑧𝑧 are positive numbers.
Which equation expresses 2𝑧𝑧 in terms of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦?
A) 2𝑧𝑧 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 − 45
B) 2𝑧𝑧 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 + 45
10
2𝑥𝑥+5𝑦𝑦
C) 2𝑧𝑧 =
45
What value of 𝑥𝑥 satisfies the equation
45
D) 2𝑧𝑧 = √7𝑥𝑥 − 3 = √2𝑥𝑥 + 17, where 𝑥𝑥 > 0?
2𝑥𝑥+5𝑦𝑦
A) 4
B) 7
C) 9
D) 14
8
The expression 5(𝑘𝑘 + 𝑥𝑥) + 7𝑘𝑘 is equivalent to the

expression 5𝑥𝑥 − 1. What is the value of 𝑘𝑘, where 𝑘𝑘 is a
constant?

49
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 1
11 14
𝐴𝐴
A survey conducted by an independent research
company in 2020 showed that the population of a
certain city is expected to decrease by 4% every 3
years. If the population of the city in 2020 is 35,000,
which of the following equation models the decrease in
population, 𝑃𝑃, in 𝑡𝑡 years after 2020?
𝑡𝑡
A) 𝑃𝑃 = 35,000(0.96)3
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶
B) 𝑃𝑃 = 35,000(0.96)𝑡𝑡 Note: Figure not drawn to scale
C) 𝑃𝑃 = 35,000(0.96)3𝑡𝑡
Triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 given above is an isosceles right triangle
D) 𝑃𝑃 = 35,000(1.04)𝑡𝑡 with angle 𝐵𝐵 = 90°. Based on the given information,
the lengths of which of the following can be used to
determine the length of ��
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 ?
A) ��
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 only.
B) �� only.
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
12
C) �� .
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 or 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
1
−
If √𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏 , what is 𝑏𝑏 in terms of 𝑎𝑎, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are
2 D) Neither �� .
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 nor 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
positive real numbers?
1
A) .
𝑎𝑎2
1
B) . 15
𝑎𝑎
C) √𝑎𝑎
Year Annual number of miles
D) 𝑎𝑎 2012 92,956
2013 117,560
2014 97,820
13 2015 114,844
0.1𝑥𝑥 + 0.25𝑦𝑦 = 10 2016 80,055
2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 1 2017 80,550
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, which of the following must be true

about the lines graphed by the above system of The table above shows the annual number of miles a
equations? certain truck driver drove from 2012 to 2017. What is
the median annual number of miles the truck driver
A) They are the same line. drove from 2012 to 2017?
B) They are parallel lines that have distinct A) 37,010
𝑦𝑦-intercepts.
B) 95,388
C) They are perpendicular lines that intersect at one
point. C) 97,820
D) The information given is inconclusive. D) 106,332

50
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 1
16 20
𝑀𝑀
𝑥𝑥 2 + 10 = 8𝑥𝑥 − 5
𝑦𝑦° 𝑃𝑃
What is the product of the solutions of the above
equation?
𝑥𝑥°
𝑁𝑁 𝑂𝑂 𝑄𝑄 𝑅𝑅

17
In the figure above, triangles 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 and 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 are similar
2 2
𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 10𝑦𝑦 = 7 triangles, where vertices 𝑀𝑀, 𝑁𝑁, and 𝑂𝑂 correspond to
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of the above equation is a vertices 𝑃𝑃, 𝑄𝑄, and 𝑅𝑅, respectively. Angle 𝑅𝑅 is 𝑥𝑥° and
circle. What is the diameter of the circle? angle 𝑀𝑀 is 𝑦𝑦°. If 𝑥𝑥 = 3𝑏𝑏 − 12 and 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑏𝑏 + 22, what
is the value of 𝑏𝑏?
A) 6
B) 12
C) 18
D) 36 21
Chantel has $50 to buy bags of pretzels and bags of

popcorns. The cost of each bag of pretzels is $2.50 and
the cost of each bag of popcorns is $2.25. If Chantel
18 buys 12 bags of popcorn, what is the maximum number
of whole bags of pretzels she can buy, assuming no
sales tax is added?
A group of students formed two teams, Team A and
Team B. The ratio of girls to boys in Team A is 1: 1. A) 6
The number of girls in Team B is double the number of
B) 9
girls in Team A. The number of boys in both the teams
are the same. If there are 20 girls in Team B, how many C) 10
boys are in Team A?
D) 12
19
22
The function 𝑓𝑓 is defined by 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5𝑥𝑥 + 16 and the
function 𝑔𝑔 is defined by 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + 1) + 3. What is 2𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 + 6) + 𝑘𝑘 = −6𝑥𝑥
the value of 𝑔𝑔(−3)?
In the given equation, 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. If the equation
has exactly two real solutions, what is the maximum
integer value of 𝑘𝑘?

51
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 1
Module 2.2
questions and proceed to check the answers. You can complete the remaining questions after you have completed
checking the answers.

52
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 1
1 5
Which of the following expression is equivalent to The degree measure of an angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is 75. What is the
57𝑧𝑧 − 29𝑧𝑧? measure of the angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 in radians?
A) 28𝑧𝑧 𝜋𝜋
A) .
5
B) 30𝑧𝑧
5𝜋𝜋
C) 57𝑧𝑧 B) .
12
D) 86𝑧𝑧 3𝜋𝜋
C) .
5
D) 2𝜋𝜋
In the equation 5𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 8 = 41, what is the value of 6

𝑦𝑦 when 𝑥𝑥 = 5?
Which of the following expression is equivalent to
𝑤𝑤(𝑤𝑤 − 5) + 73𝑤𝑤?
A) 68𝑤𝑤
B) 73𝑤𝑤 − 5
C) 𝑤𝑤 2 + 5𝑤𝑤
3
D) 𝑤𝑤 2 + 68𝑤𝑤
A certain school library has 200 books. If 5% of these
books are geometry books, how many geometry books
are in the school library?
1
The slope of line 𝑎𝑎 in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane is − . What is the
4 5
slope of a line perpendicular to line 𝑎𝑎?
What is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the 𝑥𝑥-intercept of a line

defined by the equation 2𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = 8?
A) −5
B) 2
C) 4
D) 5

53
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 1
8 10
𝑥𝑥 6 10 14 In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of an exponential growth

𝑦𝑦 −4 −2 0 function 𝑔𝑔 has a 𝑦𝑦-intercept at (0, 2.5), where
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥). Which of the following equations could
The above table shows three values of 𝑥𝑥 and the define the function 𝑔𝑔?
corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦 in a linear relationship. A) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = − (1.25) 𝑥𝑥
Which of the following equations represents this
relationship? B) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 2.5(0.5)𝑥𝑥
1 C) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 2.5(1.5)𝑥𝑥
A) 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 − 4
2
1 D) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 5(1.25) 𝑥𝑥
B) 𝑦𝑦 = 2 𝑥𝑥 − 7
C) 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 7
D) 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 14
11
−5𝑥𝑥 + 11𝑦𝑦 = 1
7𝑥𝑥 − 9𝑦𝑦 = 2
9 In the system of equations above, what is the value of
20𝑥𝑥 + 20𝑦𝑦?
Distribution of 400 Integers
12
10 15 20 25 30 45 50
𝑓𝑓(𝑚𝑚) = 18 + 3𝑚𝑚
The function 𝑓𝑓 defined above models the total number
The above box plot shows the distribution of 400
of art pieces on display in an art showroom 𝑚𝑚 months
integers in a data set. Which of the following statements
about the data set shown in the box plot cannot be true? after the opening of the art showroom. Which of the
following statement is the best interpretation of
A) The mean of the data set is 25. 𝑓𝑓(4) = 30?
B) The median of the data set is 20. A) 4 new art pieces are added on display each
month after the opening of the art showroom.
C) The range of the data set is 40.
B) 18 new art pieces are added on display each
D) Approximately 50% of the integers in the data set
month after the opening of the art showroom.
are between 15 and 30.
C) 12 new art pieces are added on display in
4 months after the opening of the art showroom.
D) 30 new art pieces are added on display in
4 months after the opening of the art showroom.

54
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 1
13 16
𝐴𝐴
5|3 + 𝑥𝑥| − 3|3 + 𝑥𝑥| = 38
60° What is the positive solution to the given equation?
𝑥𝑥°
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶
In the figure above, what is the degree measure of 𝑥𝑥? 17
The graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −2𝑥𝑥 2 + 10𝑥𝑥 − 9 is a parabola in

the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥). In which of the
following equivalent equations the maximum values of
𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 appears as constants or coefficients?
14 A) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + 9
B) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2(𝑥𝑥 − 5)2 − 9
A camera rental company charges a one-time fee of $85
and $95 for each day the camera is rented. Which of the C) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −2(𝑥𝑥 − 3.5)2 − 4.5
following is the total cost of renting a camera, in D) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −2(𝑥𝑥 − 2.5)2 + 3.5
dollars, for 4 days?
A) $180
B) $380
C) $435
18
D) $465
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 3
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 3 − 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2
The function 𝑓𝑓 and the function 𝑔𝑔 are defined above. If
15 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) is equivalent to 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 + 1, what is the
value of 𝑎𝑎, where 𝑎𝑎 is a constant?
What is the perimeter of a rectangle with a width of A) 0
22 inches and a length of 7 inches? 1
B) .
A) 29 inches 3
1
B) 58 inches C) .
2
C) 68 inches D) 1
D) 154 inches

55
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 1
19 21
In which of the following tables the relation between

Number of books read by Enola and Komal
the values of 𝑎𝑎 and their corresponding values of 𝑏𝑏 is an
Enola exponential decrease?
Komal
50 A)
𝑎𝑎 −1 0 1 2
40
Number of books
𝑏𝑏 32 16 8 4
30
20
B)
10
𝑎𝑎 −4 −2 0 2
0 𝑏𝑏 −16 −12 −8 −4
May
Nov
Mar
Aug
Dec
Apr
Feb
Sep
Oct
Jun
Jan
Jul
Month C)
The above line graph shows the number of books two 𝑎𝑎 −2 −1 0 1
friends Enola and Komal read each month last year.
𝑏𝑏 −5 −9 −13 −17
According to the graph, in which month was the
difference between the number of books read by Enola
and Komal the greatest?
D)
A) January
𝑎𝑎 −2 −1 0 1
B) February
𝑏𝑏 1 2 4 8
C) May
D) December
20
22
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 1.2𝑦𝑦 = 9.0
2𝑥𝑥 1
0.5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 1.5 + =1
𝑥𝑥 2− 1 𝑥𝑥 + 1
The system of equations above is true for all values of Which of the following values of 𝑥𝑥 satisfy the above
𝑎𝑎 equation, where 𝑥𝑥 is greater than 0?
𝑥𝑥, and 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are constants. What is the value of. ?
𝑏𝑏
A) 1
A) 0.2
B) 2
B) 2.4
C) 3
C) 6
D) 4
D) 15

56
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 1
Answers

57
Digital SAT Math Practice Test 1 Module 2.1 – Answers
*1 A. Mental Math: 5𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 = 9 → 3𝑥𝑥 = 9 → 𝑥𝑥 = 3.
*2 D. Simplify parentheses. 3𝑥𝑥 4 − 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥 3 = 3𝑥𝑥 4 + 2𝑥𝑥 3 .
3 C. No Calculation Required: Read the graph. For 𝑥𝑥 = 10 days, the value of 𝑦𝑦 = total cost= 375.
4 D. Vertical angles are equal. Hence, 3𝑥𝑥 + 25 = 4𝑥𝑥 → 4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 25 → 𝑥𝑥 = 25 → 4𝑥𝑥 = 100.
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 2
*5 B. Mental Math: The slope is negative since the line slants downward from left to right. Hence, slope = = − = −2.
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1
This eliminates answer choices A, C, and D.
6 B. No Calculation Required: 14𝑚𝑚 is 14 books per month for 𝑚𝑚 months.
7 D. Multiply both sides of the equation by 2𝑧𝑧 and divide both sides of the equation by 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦.
45 2𝑧𝑧(2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦) 45 45
2𝑧𝑧(2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦) = × 2𝑧𝑧 → 2𝑧𝑧(2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦) = 45 → = → 2𝑧𝑧 =
2𝑧𝑧 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦
1
8 -1/12. 5𝑘𝑘 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑘𝑘 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 1 → 5𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑘𝑘 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 1. Hence, 12𝑘𝑘 = −1 → 𝑘𝑘 = − .
12
*9 C. No Calculation Required: Line has a positive slope, 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 1, and the solution set is above the line. This
matches answer choice C.
2 2
*10 A. Square both sides. �√7𝑥𝑥 − 3� = �√2𝑥𝑥 + 17� → 7𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 = 17 + 3 → 5𝑥𝑥 = 20 → 𝑥𝑥 = 4. (*This question
may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
𝑡𝑡
11 A. Mental Math: 4% decrease is 0.96. Every 3 years is. per year for 𝑡𝑡 year.
3
2
1 1 2 1 1 1
12 B. √𝑎𝑎 = 1 → √𝑎𝑎 = → �√𝑎𝑎� = � � → 𝑎𝑎 = → 𝑏𝑏 = .
� 𝑏𝑏 �𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎
𝑏𝑏2
*13 B. Mental Math: The value of constants 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 in the bottom equation are 20 fold of the corresponding values in the
top equation, but the value of 𝐶𝐶 in the bottom equation is one-tenth of the top equation. Hence, the ratios of 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are
same but different than 𝐶𝐶. Hence, the two equations graph parallel lines. (*This question may be solved quicker using the
Desmos graphing calculator.)
14 C. No Calculation Required: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is 45: 45: 90 triangle with side ratio 𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎√2 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴. Hence, if the length of
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (𝑎𝑎) or of 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (𝑎𝑎√2) is known, the length of 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 (𝑎𝑎) can be determined.
92,956+97,820
15 B. Order numbers least to greatest. Median is the average of the 3rd and 4th numbers. . = 95,388.
2
𝑐𝑐 15
*16 15. Rearrange in the standard form: 𝑥𝑥 2 + 10 − 8𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 2 − 8𝑥𝑥 + 15 = 0. Product = = = 15.
𝑎𝑎 1
*17 B. Divide coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 by 2 to determine the factors. The factors are (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 and (𝑥𝑥 + 5)2 . Hence,
(𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 + (𝑥𝑥 + 5)2 = 7 + (−2)2 + (5)2 → (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 + (𝑥𝑥 + 5)2 = 36. Hence, 𝑟𝑟 2 = 36 → 𝑟𝑟 = 6. Diameter = 12.
18 10. In Team B the number of girls is double = 20. Hence, in Team A the number of girls = 10. Since the ratio of girls to
boys in Team A 1: 1, the number of boys also = 10.
*19 9. 𝑔𝑔(−3) = 𝑓𝑓(−3 + 1) + 3 = 𝑓𝑓(−2) + 3. Plug in definition of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥). 𝑔𝑔(−3) = �(5 × −2) + 16� + 3 = 9.
(*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
20 16. 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 90 → 3𝑏𝑏 − 12 + 2𝑏𝑏 + 22 = 90 → 5𝑏𝑏 + 10 = 90 → 5𝑏𝑏 = 80 → 𝑏𝑏 = 16.
21 B. Cost of 12 bags of popcorns = 2.25 × 12 = 27. Cost of 𝑥𝑥 bags of pretzels = 2.50𝑥𝑥. Hence,
27 + 2.5𝑥𝑥 = 50 → 2.5𝑥𝑥 = 23 → 𝑥𝑥 = 9.2 = 9 whole bags.

58
*22 40 Since the equation has two real solutions, the discriminant is greater than 0. Rearrange as quadratic equation and
evaluate the discriminant. 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 12𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘 = −6𝑥𝑥 → 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 18𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘 = 0
𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 > 0 → (18)2 − (4 × 2 × 𝑘𝑘) > 0 → 324 − 8𝑘𝑘 > 0 → 324 > 8𝑘𝑘 → 40.5 > 𝑘𝑘 → 𝑘𝑘 < 40.5
Since 𝑘𝑘 is less than 40.5, the highest integer value is 40.
Digital SAT Math Practice Test 1 Section 2.2 – Answers

1 A. Mental Math: 57𝑧𝑧 − 29𝑧𝑧 = 28𝑧𝑧.
*2 8. 5(5) + 3𝑦𝑦 − 8 = 41 → 25 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 8 = 41 → 3𝑦𝑦 = 41 − 25 + 8 = 24 → 𝑦𝑦 = 8.
*3 10. 5% as decimal is 0.05. Hence, 200 × 0.05 = 10.
*4 C. Mental Math: At 𝑥𝑥-intercept, 𝑦𝑦 = 0. Hence, 2𝑥𝑥 − 5(0) = 8 → 2𝑥𝑥 = 8 → 𝑥𝑥 = 4.
𝜋𝜋 75𝜋𝜋 5𝜋𝜋
5 B. 75 × = = .
180 180 12
6 D. Mental Math: 𝑤𝑤 2 − 5𝑤𝑤 + 73𝑤𝑤 = 𝑤𝑤 2 + 68𝑤𝑤.
7 5. No Calculation Required: Slope of perpendicular line is negative reciprocal = 5.
0−(−2) 2 1
*8 B. Determine slope using any two points given in the table. Slope = = = . This eliminates answer choices A,
14−10 4 2
C, and D. (*Solving this question using the Desmos graphing calculator may be quicker, depending on the student.)
9 A. No Calculation Required: Mean cannot be calculated from a box plot.
10 C. No Calculation Required: In exponential function 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏) 𝑥𝑥 , 𝑎𝑎 is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 2.5. This eliminates
answer choices A and D. Since the function is exponential growth, 𝑏𝑏 > 1. This eliminates answer choice B.
*11 30. Mental Math: It can be observed that when the two equations are added the result is 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 3. 10 times of this is
20𝑥𝑥 + 20𝑦𝑦 = 30.
12 C. No Calculation Required: 𝑓𝑓(4) = 30 = 18 + 3(4) = 18 + 12. Hence, 12 new art pieces will be added in 4 months.
13 150. Mental Math: exterior angle = sum of the two adjacent angles. Hence, 𝑥𝑥 = 60 + 90 = 150.
14 D. Rental cost for 4 days = 95 × 4 = 380. Total cost = 85 + 380 = 465.
15 B. Perimeter = 2𝑙𝑙 + 2𝑤𝑤 = 2(7) + 2(22) = 14 + 44 = 58.
*16 16. Subtract units and solve for positive value: 2|3 + 𝑥𝑥| = 38 → |3 + 𝑥𝑥| = 19 → 3 + 𝑥𝑥 = 19 → 𝑥𝑥 = 19 − 3 = 16.
𝑏𝑏 10
*17 D. Mental Math: 𝑥𝑥-coordinate = − =− = 2.5. Only answer choice D matches this.
2𝑎𝑎 −4
*18 C. (5𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 3) − (2𝑥𝑥 3 − 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2) = 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 + 1 → 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 1 = 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 + 1.
1
Equate coefficients of 𝑥𝑥: 2𝑎𝑎 = 1 → 𝑎𝑎 = .
2
19 B. Mental Math: Observe the difference between the two points for each month. The greatest difference is in February.
20 D. Partial Mental Math: 9 in top equation is 6 times of 1.5 in the bottom equation. Since the system has infinitely many
𝑎𝑎 3
solutions, all constants in the top equation will be 6 fold of the bottom equation. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 3 and 𝑏𝑏 = 0.2.. = = 15.
𝑏𝑏 0.2
21 A. No Calculation Required: It can be observed that in answer choice A the decrease in the value of 𝑏𝑏 is exponential.
2𝑥𝑥 2𝑥𝑥 1�𝑥𝑥−1� 2𝑥𝑥+𝑥𝑥−1 3𝑥𝑥−1
*22 C. . =1 → + =1 → =1 → 2 =1 →
�𝑥𝑥−1��𝑥𝑥+1� �𝑥𝑥−1��𝑥𝑥+1� �𝑥𝑥+1��𝑥𝑥−1� 𝑥𝑥2−1 𝑥𝑥 −1
3𝑥𝑥 − 1 = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 → 𝑥𝑥 2 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 − 3) = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 = 0 and 3. (Neither are extraneous solutions.)
59

60
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 2
Module 2.1
the answers.

61
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 2
1 4
4 times of a number 𝑥𝑥 is equal to 15 added to 2 times of Out of the 315 novels in a library on a certain day, one-
a number 𝑦𝑦. Which of the following represents this third of the novels were loaned to 5 community
situation? recreation centers. If each community recreation center
received the same number of novels, 𝑛𝑛, which of the
A) 4𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑦𝑦 + 15
following equations can determine the value of 𝑛𝑛?
B) 4𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 15 1
A) . = 315
C) 15𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑦𝑦 + 4 5𝑛𝑛
1
D) 15𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 4 B) . = 315
3𝑛𝑛
C) 3(5𝑛𝑛) = 315
D) 2(𝑛𝑛 + 105) = 315
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 4 + 2𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 6

5
For the function 𝑓𝑓 defined above, what is the value of
𝑓𝑓(−2)? A cosmetic company launched a new skin care product
at a starting price of $110. Each quarter the price of the
A) −2 product, in dollars, increased by 1% for 𝑞𝑞 quarters.
B) 0 Which of the following equation models the price 𝑃𝑃 of
the product 𝑞𝑞 quarters after launch?
C) 6 𝑞𝑞
A) 𝑃𝑃 = 110(1.01)4
D) 9
B) 𝑃𝑃 = 110(1.01)𝑞𝑞
C) 𝑃𝑃 = 110(1.1)𝑞𝑞
D) 𝑃𝑃 = 110(1.1)4𝑞𝑞
𝑥𝑥
� �
𝑦𝑦 = 5 6
10
In the above equation 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 are variables. Which of
A plane flying at an average speed of 480 miles per
the following expresses 𝑥𝑥 in terms of 𝑦𝑦?
hour, covers how much distance, in miles, in
1 1 minute?
A) 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
2
1
B) 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
5
C) 𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑦𝑦
D) 𝑥𝑥 = 50𝑦𝑦

62
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 2
7 10
𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 4 A teacher received 32 tests to grade. The teacher gave

7𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 17 𝑦𝑦 tests to an assistant to grade. Of the remaining tests,
the teacher graded 𝑥𝑥 tests and had no more than 14 tests
The lines corresponding to the system of equations left to grade. Which of the following inequalities
above intersect at the point (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). What is the value represents the situation in context?
of 𝑦𝑦?
A) 18 − 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 ≤ 14
B) 32 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 ≤ 14
C) 14 + 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 32
8
D) 32 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 18
𝐴𝐴
𝐶𝐶 𝑂𝑂
11
𝐵𝐵
Data Set 𝐴𝐴
Point 𝑂𝑂 is the center of the circle shown above and the

� is. 4𝜋𝜋. What is the degree measure of the
minor arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
9
inscribed angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴? 11 12 13 14 15 16
Integer
Data Set 𝐵𝐵
9
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of the function 𝑓𝑓 defined by

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 is translated to form the graph of the
11 12 13 14 15 16
function 𝑔𝑔 defined by 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2. Which of the
following statement is true about the translation of the Integer
graph of the function 𝑓𝑓 to the graph of the function 𝑔𝑔?
The above dot plots show the distribution of 6 integers
A) A translation 2 units to the right. in two data sets. Which of the following statements
B) A translation 2 units downward. about the mean and the median of the two data sets is
true?
C) A translation 2 units to the left and 2 units upward.
A) The means are the same, and the medians are
D) A translation 2 units to the right and 2 units the same.
upward. B) The means are the same, and the medians are
different.
C) The means are different, and the medians are
the same.
D) The means are different, and the medians are
different.

63
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 2
12 15
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −4𝑥𝑥 2 + 64𝑥𝑥 + 15 An office manager bought a new printer for the office.
During the next 5 years, the value of the printer is
The function 𝑓𝑓 is defined above. For what value of 𝑥𝑥
expected to depreciate each year by a constant rate of
the function reaches its maximum value?
6% of the original price. Which of the following
function best describes the depreciation of the printer
over the next 5 years?
A) Increasing linear
B) Decreasing linear
13
C) Increasing exponential
2
𝑥𝑥 D) Decreasing exponential
ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = − 26
𝑚𝑚
The function ℎ is defined by the above equation, where
𝑚𝑚 is a constant. If ℎ(20) = 74, what is the value of 𝑚𝑚?
16
1 1
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 1
14 2 4
2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐
Fried fries Baked fries Total The system of equations above has no solution. Which
With cheese 57 18 75 of the following can be the possible values of 𝑏𝑏 and 𝑐𝑐,
where 𝑏𝑏 and 𝑐𝑐 are constants?
Without cheese 38 27 65
Total 95 45 140 I. 𝑏𝑏 = 1 and 𝑐𝑐 = 2
II. 𝑏𝑏 = 1 and 𝑐𝑐 = 4
The table below shows the distribution of the number of III. 𝑏𝑏 = 4 and 𝑐𝑐 = 1
orders placed by customers at a certain restaurant for
fried fries with or without cheese and baked fries with
A) I only
or without cheese. What is the probability that a
randomly selected order is for fried fries without cheese B) III only
or baked fries with cheese?
C) I and II only
9
A) . D) II and III only
70
19
B) .
70
3
C) .
8
2
D) .
5

64
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 2
17 19
𝑑𝑑 𝑐𝑐
𝑦𝑦° 𝑀𝑀
𝑥𝑥° 𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃
𝑏𝑏
𝑁𝑁 𝑄𝑄

65°
𝑎𝑎
In the figure above, 𝑀𝑀 is the center of the circle and
��
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 is tangent to the circle at point 𝑁𝑁. If 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = 1 and
Note: Figure not drawn to scale 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = √3, which of the following is the ratio of the
� to the circumference of the circle?
minor arc 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
In the above figure, parallel lines 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are A) 1: 1
intersected by lines 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑑𝑑. Lines 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐, and 𝑑𝑑 intersect
at a point 𝑃𝑃. Which of the following expresses the B) 1: 2
degree measure of angle 𝑥𝑥 in terms of the degree C) 1: 3
measure of angle 𝑦𝑦?
D) 1: 6
A) 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
B) 𝑥𝑥 = 65 + 𝑦𝑦
C) 𝑥𝑥 = 180 − 𝑦𝑦
20
D) 𝑥𝑥 = 115 − 𝑦𝑦
The graph of an exponential function 𝑔𝑔 in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane
passes through the points (0, 80) and (2, 5). Which of
the following equation is a possible definition of the
18
function 𝑔𝑔?
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 5 A) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 20(2) 𝑥𝑥

2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 B) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 80(2)𝑥𝑥
How many solutions does the above system of 1 𝑥𝑥
C) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 20 � �
equations have? 2
1 𝑥𝑥
A) Zero D) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 80 � �
4
B) Exactly one
C) Exactly two
D) Infinitely many

65
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 2
21 22
𝑋𝑋
A baker has 88 cupcakes to distribute in 4-pack and
12-pack containers. The baker distributes the cupcakes
in a total of 10 containers. If each container is full and 𝐴𝐴
all the cupcakes have been evenly distributed, what is
the total number of cupcakes in the 12-pack
containers?
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶 𝑌𝑌 𝑍𝑍
A) 6
B) 22
C) 40 In the above figure, triangle 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 is formed by
D) 72 proportionally enlarging each side of the triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
by two-fold. Vertices 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶 correspond to vertices
𝑋𝑋, 𝑌𝑌, and 𝑍𝑍. If sin 𝐴𝐴 = 0.8 and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 12 centimeters,
what is the length of 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋, in centimeters?
A) 9
B) 12
C) 18
D) 24

66
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 2
Module 2.2

67
2 Module
2
Practice Test 2
2
1 4
6𝑏𝑏 − 6 = 3𝑏𝑏 5.5𝑎𝑎 + 7.2𝑏𝑏 = 138

What is the solution to the above equation? The equation above models a mixture of
10% alcohol, 𝑎𝑎, and 30% alcohol, 𝑏𝑏, to create 138
milliliters solution of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏. If 𝑎𝑎 is 12 milliliters, what
is the value of 𝑏𝑏, in milliliters?
2
5
The perimeter of a square is 480 centimeters. What is
the length, in centimeters, of one side of the square?
A bus traveled 5 miles at a constant speed in 10
minutes. What was the average speed of the bus in
miles per hour during the 5 mile travel?
A) 5 miles per hour
B) 12 miles per hour
3 C) 25 miles per hour
D) 30 miles per hour
12
10
Number of students
8
6 6
4
𝑦𝑦
2
4
0
May
Aug
Mar
Feb
Apr
Jun
Jan
2
Jul
Month
𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
The above line graph shows the number of students who
participated in an after-school program at a certain middle -2
school from January to August in 2020. Between which
two months was the difference in the number of students -4
who participated in the after-school program the greatest?
A) February to March In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the equation of the line shown in the
above graph can be written as 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 6, where 𝑎𝑎
B) March to April
and 𝑏𝑏 are constants. What is the value of 𝑏𝑏?
C) April to May
A) 3
D) July to August
B) 5
C) 6
D) 8

68
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 2
7 10
21𝑝𝑝 + 6𝑞𝑞 = 12𝑟𝑟 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −𝑥𝑥 + 5

The above equation relates three positive numbers The definition of the linear function 𝑓𝑓 is given above.
𝑝𝑝, 𝑞𝑞, and 𝑟𝑟. Which equation correctly expresses Which of the following table gives three values of 𝑥𝑥 and
𝑞𝑞 in terms of 𝑝𝑝 and 𝑟𝑟? their corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦, where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)?
A) 𝑞𝑞 = 16𝑝𝑝 + 12𝑟𝑟 A)
B) 𝑞𝑞 = 12𝑟𝑟 − 16𝑝𝑝 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
7 1 −4
C) 𝑞𝑞 = 2𝑟𝑟 − 𝑝𝑝
2 −1 6
7
D) 𝑞𝑞 = 2𝑟𝑟 + 𝑝𝑝 0 5
2
B)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
−2 7
8
1 4
In a right triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (not shown), angle 𝐵𝐵 is the right 6 −1
angle, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 5 centimeters, and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 13 centimeters.
What is the area of triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, in square centimeters? C)
A) 18 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
B) 30 −3 2
C) 60 0 5
D) 65 5 1
D)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
9 0 3
2 4
32𝑥𝑥+8 8𝑥𝑥+2𝑘𝑘 4 6
The expression. is equivalent to. , where
56 14
𝑘𝑘 is a constant and 𝑥𝑥 is greater than 0. What is the value
of 𝑘𝑘?
11
3
Which of the following is equivalent to √64𝑎𝑎9 ?
A) 3𝑎𝑎
B) 3𝑎𝑎3
C) 4𝑎𝑎3
D) 𝑎𝑎9

69
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 2
12 16
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, line 𝑙𝑙 has a slope of 3. Line 𝑝𝑝 is 𝐷𝐷(𝑡𝑡) = 110(0.98)(𝑛𝑛)𝑡𝑡

perpendicular to the line 𝑙𝑙 and passes through the point
(−3, 3). Which of the following are the coordinates of A radioactive substance decays, in milligrams, by 0.2%
the 𝑥𝑥-intercept of line 𝑝𝑝? every 30 months. The function 𝐷𝐷 above models this
situation in 𝑡𝑡 years, where 𝑛𝑛 is a positive constant.
A) (−3, 0) Which of the following could be a value of 𝑛𝑛?
B) (0, 0) 1
A) .
3
C) (3, 0)
2
D) (6, 0) B) .
5
C) 1
D) 2.5
13
In the equation 3(2𝑛𝑛 + 8) − 100 = (2𝑛𝑛 + 8), what is

the value of 𝑛𝑛 + 4? 17
1.85𝑤𝑤 + 8.99𝑓𝑓 = 96.75

The above equation models the total amount, in dollars,
Zoe paid for 𝑤𝑤 pounds of wool and 𝑓𝑓 yards of fabric.
What is the interpretation of 8.99𝑓𝑓 in this context?
14
A) The total amount, in dollars, Zoe paid for 𝑓𝑓 yards
ℎ(𝑡𝑡) = 8 + 0.5𝑡𝑡 of fabric.
The above function models the height of a tree 𝑡𝑡 years B) The total amount, in dollars, Zoe paid for
after 2012. For what value of 𝑡𝑡 is ℎ(𝑡𝑡) = 15? 𝑤𝑤 pounds of wool.
A) 6 C) The total amount, in dollars, Zoe paid for 𝑓𝑓 yards

of fabric and 𝑤𝑤 pounds of wool.
B) 7
D) The total yards of fabric Zoe bought.
C) 11
D) 14
18
15
𝑥𝑥 − √𝑥𝑥 − 2 = 0
2(𝑥𝑥 + 1) − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 3 = −1
What value of 𝑥𝑥 satisfies the above equation?
In the above equation 𝑎𝑎 is a constant. For what value of
𝑎𝑎, the equation has infinitely many solutions?
SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course 70

Tutorhubllc
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 2
19 22
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane the equation of Circle A is defined by 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 + 14

the equation (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 + (𝑦𝑦 + 7)2 = 125. Circle B is a
Function 𝑓𝑓 is defined as given above. Function 𝑔𝑔 is
result of translating the graph of Circle A up by 5 units.
defined by 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + 2). Which of the following
What are the (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) coordinates of the center of
table gives three values of 𝑥𝑥 and their corresponding
Circle B?
values of 𝑦𝑦 on the graph of function 𝑔𝑔 in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane,
A) (−2, 2) where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)?
B) (2, −7) A)
C) (2, −2) 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
D) (2, 12) −2 6
−1 13
0 14
B)
20 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
−2 14
In the linear function 𝑓𝑓, 𝑓𝑓(2) = 5 and 𝑓𝑓(6) = 7. Which
equation defines 𝑓𝑓? −1 15
0 22
A) −𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 8
B) 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 7 C)
C) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
D) 𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 8 0 14
1 10
2 8
D)
21 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
0 22
Jing is cleaning her magazine shelf to make room for
new magazines. After Jing gave 15% of the magazines 2 14
to her cousin and 20% of the magazines to her friend, 4 12
Jing had 34 magazines left. How many magazines did
Jing have before she gave them to her cousin and
friend?
A) 23
B) 30
C) 50
D) 65

71
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 2
Answers

72
SAT Math Practice Test 2 Module 2.1 – Answers
1 A. Mental Math: 4 times of 𝑥𝑥 is 4𝑥𝑥. 2 times of 𝑦𝑦 plus 15 is 2𝑦𝑦 + 15. Hence, 4𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑦𝑦 + 15
*2 B. 𝑓𝑓(−2) = (−2)4 + 2(−2)3 + 3(−2) + 6 = 16 + 2(−8) − 6 + 6 = 16 − 16 − 6 + 6 = 0.

𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1 𝑥𝑥
3 D. 𝑦𝑦 = ÷ 10 → 𝑦𝑦 = × → 𝑦𝑦 = → 𝑥𝑥 = 50𝑦𝑦.
5 5 10 50
4 C. Mental Math: Since each community center received 𝑛𝑛 novels, 5 community centers received 5𝑛𝑛 novels. This is
1
one-third of 315. Hence,. (315) is equal to 5𝑛𝑛, same as 3(5𝑛𝑛) = 315.
3
5 B. Mental Math: 1% increase as decimal is 1.01 and time interval is per 𝑞𝑞. This matches answer choice B.
6 8. Mental Math: Miles per minute is 480 divided by 60 equal to 8.
*7 1. 7(𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 4) 7𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 = 28

−(7𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 17) −7𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = −17
-------------------------------------
11𝑦𝑦 = 11 → 𝑦𝑦 = 1
� = 4𝜋𝜋 180 80
8 40. 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 × = 80° = central angle. Hence, inscribed angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = = 40.
9 𝜋𝜋 2
*9 D. Mental Math: Horizontal change from (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 to 𝑥𝑥 2 is 2 units to the right. Vertical change from 0 to 2 is 2 units up.
10 B. Mental Math: Total left after giving and completing is 32 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦. This is at the most 14, same as 14 or less. This
matches answer choice B.
11 C. Mental Math: There are 15 data points in each dot plot. Medians are same since the 8th dot in both dot plots is for the
integer 14. Means are different since the distribution of integers is different. Calculate the means, as desired.
𝑏𝑏 64
*12 8. Mental Math: The maximum value of 𝑥𝑥 is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex = − =− = 8.
2𝑎𝑎 2×−4
20×20 400
13 4. ℎ(20) = 74 = − 26 → 74 + 26 = → 100𝑚𝑚 = 400 → 𝑚𝑚 = 4.
𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚
all fried fries without cheese + all baked fries with cheese 38+18 56 2
14 D. Probability= = = = .
all fries 140 140 5
15 B. No Calculation Required: The depreciation each year is at a constant rate (linear) of 6% of the original price.
16 A. Mental Math: The coefficients of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 in the two equations must same but different than coefficient of 𝑐𝑐.
The value of coefficient 𝑎𝑎 in the bottom equation is 4 times the value of coefficient 𝑎𝑎 in the top equation. Hence, the value of
coefficient 𝑏𝑏 in the bottom equation must be 4 times. 4 times of one-fourth is 1. Hence, 𝑏𝑏 must be 1. The value of coefficient
𝑐𝑐 in the bottom equation cannot be 4 times of 1. Hence, 𝑐𝑐 cannot be 4.
17 D. Mental Math: At point 𝑃𝑃 on the line 𝑏𝑏, 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + unknown angle = 180. Since 65° angle and unknown angle are
corresponding angles, unknown angle = 65. Hence, 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 65 = 180 → 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 115 → 𝑥𝑥 = 115 − 𝑦𝑦.
*18 A. 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 5 → 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 5 and 2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 → 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 + 1.

Equate and create one equation: 2𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 + 1 → 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 + 1 + 5 = 0 → 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 6 = 0.
Check the discriminant: (−4)2 − (4 × 3 × 6) = 16 − 72 = −56 = no solution.
19. 12 D. Mental Math: Since angle 𝑁𝑁 is 90°, 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 is a right triangle. The side ratio 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀: 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = 1: √3 is the ratio of the
30- 60- 90 triangle. Hence, 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀: 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁: 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = 1: √3: 2 = 30°: 60°: 90°. Since angle 𝑀𝑀 is opposite to 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁, angle 𝑀𝑀 = 60° and
the corresponding arc 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 also = 60°. Ratio of arc 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 to circumference is 60: 360 equal to 1: 6.

73
20 D. Mental Math: Point (0, 80) is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept. Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 80. This eliminates answer choices A and C. Based on the
given points, 𝑦𝑦 decreases with increase in 𝑥𝑥. This is exponential decay. Hence, 0 < 𝑏𝑏 < 1. This eliminates answer choice B
that has 𝑏𝑏 = 2.
*21 B. Let 𝑥𝑥 = 4-pack containers. Let 𝑦𝑦 = 12-pack containers.

Equation 1: 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 10. Equation 2: 4𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑦𝑦 = 88.
Solve 𝑦𝑦:
4𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑦𝑦 = 88 4𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑦𝑦 = 88
−4(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 10) −4𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = −40
-------------------------------------
8𝑦𝑦 = 48 → 𝑦𝑦 = 6
Total cupcakes = 6 × 12 = 72.
8 4 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
22 C. The two triangles are similar triangles and 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 = 2𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴. sin 𝐴𝐴 = 0.8 = = = . Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 3: 4: 5.
10 5 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Since 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 12 centimeters is 3 times of the ratio component 4, all the side lengths in centimeter will be 3 times of their
ratio component. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 3 × 3 = 9 centimeters and the corresponding side 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 = 2𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 2 × 9 = 18.

*1 2. Mental Math: 6𝑏𝑏 − 3𝑏𝑏 = 6 → 3𝑏𝑏 = 6 → 𝑏𝑏 = 2.
2 120. Mental Math: 4𝑠𝑠 = 480 → 𝑠𝑠 = 120.
3 C. No Calculation Required: From the graph it is visible that the greatest difference is between April and May.
4 10. (5.5 × 12) + 7.2𝑏𝑏 = 138 → 66 + 7.2𝑏𝑏 = 138 → 7.2𝑏𝑏 = 72 → 𝑏𝑏 = 10.
5 D. Mental Math: 1 hour is 6 times of 10 minutes. Hence, miles will also be 6 times in 1 hour. 6 times 5 miles = 30 miles
per hour.
6 6
6 A. Mental Math: 𝑦𝑦-intercept from graph is 2 and 𝑦𝑦-intercept from equation is. . Hence,. = 2 → 2𝑏𝑏 = 6 → 𝑏𝑏 = 3.
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
12𝑟𝑟 21𝑝𝑝 7𝑝𝑝

7 C. 6𝑞𝑞 = 12𝑟𝑟 − 21𝑝𝑝 → 𝑞𝑞 = − → 𝑞𝑞 = 2𝑟𝑟 − .
6 6 2
8 B. Draw the triangle, if needed. Since 𝐵𝐵 is the right angle, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 are the two legs, length and base, and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is the
hypotenuse. 5: 13 is the ratio of Pythagorean triple 5: 12: 13. Hence, (leg 1): (leg 2): 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 5: 12: 13 → leg 2 = 12.
1 1
area = × leg 1 × leg 2 = × 5 × 12 = 30
2 2
32𝑥𝑥+8 8𝑥𝑥+2𝑘𝑘 32𝑥𝑥+8𝑘𝑘

9 1. In the expression. , 32𝑥𝑥 and 56 are four times of 8𝑥𝑥 and 14, respectively. Hence, 4 � � →. .
56 14 56
𝑘𝑘 = 1 for the two expressions to be equivalent.
*10 B. Start with the 𝑥𝑥 value of the point from the table in the first answer choice. Plug it in the given equation and evaluate
the corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value. It must match with the 𝑦𝑦 value in the table. The table that contains all three correct 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 values
is the correct choice. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
11 C. Mental Math: The expression is under cube root. The cube root of 64 is 4 and the cube root of 𝑎𝑎9 is 𝑎𝑎3 . Hence, cube
root of 64𝑎𝑎9 is 4𝑎𝑎3 .
1
12 D. Slope of 𝑝𝑝 = − . Set up slope equation using given point and the 𝑥𝑥-intercept (𝑥𝑥, 0) and equate to slope to determine
3
0−3 1 −3 1
𝑥𝑥.. =− → = − → 𝑥𝑥 + 3 = 9 → 𝑥𝑥 = 6. Hence, 𝑥𝑥-intercept = (6, 0).
𝑥𝑥−(−3) 3 𝑥𝑥+3 3
*13 25. 3(2𝑛𝑛 + 8) − (2𝑛𝑛 + 8) = 100 → 2(2𝑛𝑛 + 8) = 100 → 2𝑛𝑛 + 8 = 50 → 2(𝑛𝑛 + 4) = 50 → 𝑛𝑛 + 4 = 25.

74
14 D. Mental Math: 15 = 8 + 0.5𝑡𝑡 → 0.5𝑡𝑡 = 15 − 8 = 7 → 𝑡𝑡 = 14.
15 1/2 or 0.5. 2𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 3 = −1 → 2𝑥𝑥(1 − 2𝑎𝑎) − 1 = −1. Since the right-side expression does not have variable
1
𝑥𝑥, 1 − 2𝑎𝑎 must be 0. Hence, 1 − 2𝑎𝑎 = 0 → 1 = 2𝑎𝑎 → 𝑎𝑎 = = 0.5.
2
1 2
16 B. Mental Math: Every 30 months is once every 2.5 year, which is. per year 𝑡𝑡. This is same as. .
2.5 5
17 A. No Calculation Required: 8.99𝑓𝑓 is the total cost of 𝑓𝑓 yards of fabric.
18 4. Rearrange to remove square root. 𝑥𝑥 − 2 = √𝑥𝑥 → (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 = 𝑥𝑥 → 𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 𝑥𝑥 → 𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 0.

Factorize. (𝑥𝑥 − 1)(𝑥𝑥 − 4) = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 = 1 and 4.
Check extraneous solution. Plug 𝑥𝑥 = 1: 1 − √1 − 2 = 0 → 1 − 1 − 2 = 0 → −2 = 0. Hence, 1 is an extraneous solution.
Plug 𝑥𝑥 = 4: 4 − √4 − 2 = 0 → 4 − 2 − 2 = 0 → 0 = 0. Hence, 4 is a real solution.
19 C. Mental Math: From the given equation of Circle A the coordinates of the center are (2, −7). Translation up by 5 units
is moving the 𝑦𝑦 coordinate of a circle up (positive) by 5 units. Hence, the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the center of Circle B is −7 + 5 =
−2. The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the center of Circle B does not change. The coordinates of the center of Circle B are (2, −2).
*20 A. The two points are (2, 5) and (6, 7).

7−5 2
Slope = = = 0.5. Hence, equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 0.5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏.
6−2 4
Plug in either given point in the above equation to determine the 𝑦𝑦-intercept. 5 = 0.5(2) + 𝑏𝑏 → 5 = 1 + 𝑏𝑏 → 𝑏𝑏 = 4.
Hence the slope-intercept equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 0.5𝑥𝑥 + 4.
Convert to standard form: −0.5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 4. This is same as −𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 8.
34
21 C. Beginning number = = 50.
0.85×0.8
*22 B. The translated function is 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)3 + 14. Start with the 𝑥𝑥 value of the point from the table in the first answer
choice. Plug it in the given equation and evaluate the corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value. It must match with the 𝑦𝑦 value in the table. The
table that contains all three correct 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 values is the correct answer choice. (*This question may be solved quicker using
the Desmos graphing calculator.)

75

76
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 3
Module 2.1
the answers.

77
2 Module
1
Practice Test 3
2
1 3
Jasmine works at a lemonade stand. She earns a fixed 4(𝑥𝑥 + 3) − (𝑥𝑥 + 3) = 18

amount of $90 for each day she works, in addition to
What value of 𝑥𝑥 satisfies the equation above?
$0.30 for each lemonade she sells. If Jasmine sells 𝑥𝑥
lemonades in a given day, which of the following
equations represents her total earning, 𝑒𝑒, on any given
day, in terms of 𝑥𝑥?
A) 𝑒𝑒 = 90 + 0.30𝑥𝑥
4
B) 𝑒𝑒 = 90 − 0.30𝑥𝑥
C) 𝑒𝑒 = 90 + 0.30 + 𝑥𝑥 5 8
=1−
𝑎𝑎 + 4 𝑎𝑎 + 4
D) 𝑒𝑒 = 90 + 0.30 − 𝑥𝑥
What is the value of 𝑎𝑎 in the above equation, where
𝑎𝑎 > 0?
A) 1
B) 3
2 C) 5
D) 9
𝑦𝑦
3
2
1 5
𝑥𝑥 𝑙𝑙
-3 -2 -1 O 1 2 3
-1
-2 𝑝𝑝 35° 𝑃𝑃 𝑥𝑥°
-3 𝑦𝑦°
𝑞𝑞
The graph of a line is shown above in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane.
Which of the following could be an equation of the Note: Figure not drawn to scale.
line?
In the figure above lines 𝑙𝑙, 𝑝𝑝, and 𝑞𝑞 intersect at point 𝑃𝑃.
A) −𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −2 What is the value of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦, in degrees?
B) −2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 2 A) 45
C) −2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2 B) 90
D) 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 2 C) 145
D) 180

78
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 3
6 9
Which of the following expressions is equivalent to In 2010, a non-profit organization started a program to
(𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥) − 𝑥𝑥(−𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦) collect used cell phones. In the first year of the
program, the organization collected 40 cell phones.
A) 𝑥𝑥 3 − 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Over the next 𝑡𝑡 years, the number of cell phones
B) 2𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 collected tripled each year than the previous year. If
𝑝𝑝(𝑡𝑡) is the number of cell phones collected in 𝑡𝑡 years,
C) 2𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 which of the following is the best interpretation of the
D) 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 function 𝑝𝑝?
A) Linear increase
B) Linear decrease
C) Exponential growth
7
D) Exponential decay
A random sample of people from a total population of
100,000 was surveyed about a proposed legislative bill.
Based on the survey, it was concluded that 60,000 of
the people from the total population supported the
proposed legislative bill with an associated 10
margin of error of 5%. Which of the following
statements is true about the results of the survey? 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 7
A) 60% of the people from the total population In the function 𝑓𝑓 above, 𝑎𝑎 is a constant and 𝑓𝑓(3) = 13.
supported the proposed legislative bill. What is the value of 𝑓𝑓(−3)?
B) 65% of the people from the total population
supported the proposed legislative bill.
C) It is plausible that between 60% and 65% of the
people from the total population supported the
proposed legislative bill. 11
D) It is plausible that between 55% and 65% of the
people from the total population supported the 5−(3𝑎𝑎+2)
proposed legislative bill. 5−2
Which of the following is equivalent to the above
expression, where 𝑎𝑎 > 0?
1 3𝑎𝑎
A) . � �
5
8
1 3𝑎𝑎
B) 5� �
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, what is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 5
𝑦𝑦-intercept of the graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 3(4) 𝑥𝑥 − 1, where C) 253𝑎𝑎
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ?
D) 0
A) −1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 12

79
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 3
12 15
3 5 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 +
4 2 The above equation graphs a line in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, where
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is defined by the 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. Which of the following statements is
above equation. The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) is a result of true about the 𝑥𝑥-intercept and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the line
translation of the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) by 3 units to the in terms of 𝑘𝑘?
right. What is the value of 𝑔𝑔(0)?
𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘
A) 𝑥𝑥-intercept = � , 0� and 𝑦𝑦-intercept = �0, �
2 5
𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘
B) 𝑥𝑥-intercept = � , 0� and 𝑦𝑦-intercept = �0, �
5 2
𝑘𝑘
C) 𝑥𝑥-intercept = � , 0� and 𝑦𝑦-intercept = (0, 𝑘𝑘)
13 2
D) 𝑥𝑥-intercept = (2𝑘𝑘, 0) and 𝑦𝑦-intercept = (0, 5𝑘𝑘)
𝐴𝐴 15 𝑚𝑚 𝐵𝐵
15 𝑚𝑚
𝐷𝐷 24 𝑚𝑚 𝐶𝐶 16
Note: Figure not drawn to scale. The annual bonus, in dollars, Jay received in 2021 was
80% of the annual bonus, in dollars, Jay received in
What is the area, in square meters, of the trapezoid 2020. If Jay received an annual bonus of $20,000 in
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 shown above? (𝑚𝑚 = meters). 2021, how much bonus did Jay receive in 2020?
A) 64 A) $16,000
B) 79 B) $20,080
C) 192 C) $25,000
D) 234 D) $30,000
14 17
A pizza shop cashier is counting the number of dimes Which of the following is a factor of the polynomial
and quarters in the cash register. The cashier counts a function 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 3 − 5𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 − 6?
total of 80 dimes and quarters with a dollar value of
$15.20. How many dimes are in the cash register? A) (𝑥𝑥 − 1)
A) 10 B) (𝑥𝑥 − 2)
B) 25 C) (𝑥𝑥 + 1)
C) 32 D) (𝑥𝑥 + 2)
D) 40

80
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 3
18 21
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the vertex of a parabola is (4, 32).

If the equation of the parabola is written in the form
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants,
which of the following expresses 𝑐𝑐 in terms of 𝑎𝑎?
A) 𝑐𝑐 = 4𝑎𝑎
B) 𝑐𝑐 = 32𝑎𝑎
C) 𝑐𝑐 = 2(4𝑎𝑎 + 1)
The above figure is formed by six adjacent and
D) 𝑐𝑐 = 16(𝑎𝑎 + 2)
congruent equilateral triangles. The perimeter of the
figure is 12 centimeters. What is the combined area of
the shaded region, in square centimeters?
A) √3
B) 2√3
19
C) √3 + 2
Tail Length of 15 Cows
D) 24
25 30 35 40 45 50 22
Tail length (in centimeters)
The dot plot above shows the tail length, in centimeters,

of 15 cows. Which of the following is true about the
mean and the median of the data? 12 15 𝑍𝑍
A) Mean = 35 and Median = 35
B) Mean = 36 and Median = 35
C) Mean = 36 and Median = 45 𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶 𝑌𝑌 𝑋𝑋
D) Mean = 45 and Median = 45 Note: Figure not drawn to scale.
In the figure above, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋 are similar triangles

with vertices 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶 corresponding to vertices 𝑋𝑋,
𝑌𝑌, and 𝑍𝑍, respectively. What is the value of cos 𝑍𝑍?
20
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane a line passes through the points (𝑑𝑑, 0),

(6, 6), and (5 + 𝑑𝑑, 10), where 𝑑𝑑 is a constant. What is
the value of 𝑑𝑑?

81
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 3
Module 2.2

82
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 3
1 2
𝑦𝑦
Approximately 60% of the trees in a certain farm are
8 pear trees. If 𝑎𝑎 represents the number of pear trees and
𝑏𝑏 represents the number of total trees in the farm, which
of the following equation expresses 𝑎𝑎 in terms of 𝑏𝑏?
6
A) 𝑎𝑎 = 0.6𝑏𝑏
4 B) 𝑎𝑎 = 0.4𝑏𝑏
2 0.6
C) 𝑎𝑎 =
𝑏𝑏
𝑥𝑥 𝑏𝑏
O D) 𝑎𝑎 =
-2 2 4 6 8 0.4
-2
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane the graph of a linear function ℎ is given

above. Which of the following table gives three values
of 𝑥𝑥 and their corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦, where
3
𝑦𝑦 = ℎ(𝑥𝑥)?
A) 1
+3
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 3𝑥𝑥 + 2
−2 8 Which of the following expressions is equivalent to the
above expression, where 𝑥𝑥 > 0?
0 6
5
10 4 A) .
3𝑥𝑥+2
9𝑥𝑥+7
B) B) .
3𝑥𝑥+2
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 12𝑥𝑥+8
C) .
−3 9 3𝑥𝑥+2
12𝑥𝑥+9
1 5 D) .
3𝑥𝑥+2
10 −4
C)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
−3 10 4
6 0
8 −2 A drilling machine can drill 4,200 feet in an hour at a
constant rate. If 140 feet below the surface of the
ground are already drilled, how many minutes will it
D) take the drilling machine to reach 840 feet from the
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 surface of the ground?
4 1
7 3
10 2

83
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 3
5 7
𝑙𝑙
The expressions (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 6) and (𝑥𝑥 + 4)2 + 𝑐𝑐 are
equivalent, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑐𝑐 are constants. What is the
𝑎𝑎° value of 𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐?
𝑚𝑚
𝑏𝑏°
𝑛𝑛
Note: Figure not drawn to scale. 8

In the figure above, line 𝑙𝑙 intersects parallel lines 𝑚𝑚 and
The equation of Circle M in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane is
𝑛𝑛. If 𝑎𝑎 = (4𝑥𝑥)° − 10° and 𝑏𝑏 = (2.5𝑥𝑥)° − 5°, what is
𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 2 + 14𝑥𝑥 + 50 = 0. Circle N has the same
the value of 𝑥𝑥?
center as Circle M. The diameter 𝑑𝑑 of Circle N is three
A) 15 times the diameter of Circle M, where 𝑑𝑑 is a constant.
What is the value of 𝑑𝑑?
B) 24
C) 30
D) 40
6 Tanika bought a tray of 40 assorted cookies. The tray

contained an assortment of oatmeal cookies, sugar
Age distribution of 20 friends in a group 1
cookies, and chocolate chip cookies. If. of the cookies
4
2
were oatmeal cookies and of the remaining cookies.
3
were sugar cookies, how many chocolate cookies were
in the tray?
30 31 32 33 34 35
Age
The above dot plot shows the distribution of the ages of

20 friends in a group, where age is a whole number. If a
new 32-year-old friend joins the group and the mean, 10
the median, and the range of the ages in the group are
compared before and after the new friend joins the A certain plastic sample in the form of a right
group, which of the following measures change? rectangular prism has a density of 4.8 grams per cubic
I. Mean centimeter. The length, the width, and the height of the
sample are 1.2 centimeters, 0.5 centimeters, and
II. Medium 0.8 centimeters, respectively. Which of the following
III. Range is the approximate mass, in grams, of the plastic
sample?
A) I only A) 0.1
B) II only B) 2.1
C) I and II only C) 7.5
D) I, II, and III D) 8.6

84
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 3
11 13
4𝑥𝑥 2 + 40𝑥𝑥 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 30 ℎ = 21 + 2.8𝑡𝑡

Which of the following expressions is a factor of the Sara planted a 21 centimeters tall plant in her garden. In
given equation? 𝑡𝑡 years, she estimates the height ℎ of the plant, in
centimeters, by the above equation. At what value of
A) 4𝑥𝑥 − 3 𝑡𝑡 will the height of plant increase by 1 centimeter?
B) 2𝑥𝑥 − 7 1
A) .
21
C) 𝑥𝑥 − 10
1
D) 3𝑥𝑥 + 4 B) .
2.8
C) 1
D) 2.8
12
𝑥𝑥 < 5
𝑦𝑦 > −5 14
For which of the following tables are all the values of 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦

and their corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦 solution to the
given system of inequalities? 4
A) 3
𝑥𝑥 −4 5 4 2
𝑦𝑦 −4 −5 9 1
𝑥𝑥
-4 -3 -2 -1 O 1 2 3 4
B) -1
𝑥𝑥 −6 3 4 -2
𝑦𝑦 −4 −3 9 -3
-4
C)
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 1 is shown
𝑥𝑥 −6 5 6 above. Which of the following equation defines the
𝑦𝑦 −4 −5 7 graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)?
𝑥𝑥
A) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2(3) + 1
𝑥𝑥
D) B) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2 − 1
𝑥𝑥 −8 4 6 C) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 3𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 −8 4 7 𝑥𝑥
D) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2

85
2 Module
2
Practice Test 3
2
Practice Test 3
15 16
Distribution of Integers in Data Set 1 70

60
Chemical compound
6
(in milligrams)
50
40
Frequency
4
30
2 20
10
0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Integers Time (in minutes)
The above graph shows the exponential decay of
60 milligrams of a certain chemical compound after it
Distribution of Integers in Data Set 2
enters the human body. Which of the following function
6 most accurately model the amount 𝐴𝐴(𝑚𝑚), in milligrams,
of the chemical compound 𝑚𝑚 minutes after it enters the
Frequency
4 human body?
𝑚𝑚
2 1 50
A) 𝐴𝐴(𝑚𝑚) = 60 � �
2
0 𝑚𝑚
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 30
B) 𝐴𝐴(𝑚𝑚) = 60 � �
2
Integers 𝑚𝑚
1 2
The histograms above show the distribution of integers C) 𝐴𝐴(𝑚𝑚) = 60 � �
2
from 1 to 10 in two different data sets. Data Set 2 is 1 𝑚𝑚
created by removing the highest integer 10 from the D) 𝐴𝐴(𝑚𝑚) = 60 � �
2
Data Set 1. When comparing Data Set 2 with
Data Set 1, which of the following statement is true
about the mean and median of the data sets?
A) Data Set 1 and 2 have the same means, and the
same medians.
17
B) Data Set 1 and 2 have different means, but the
same medians.
A library has allocated a budget of $760 or less to buy
C) Data Set 1 and 2 have the same means, but no more than 35 magazines and comic books
different medians. combined. The cost of each magazine is $15 and the
D) Data Set 1 and 2 have different means and cost of each comic book is $25. If the library wants to
different medians. buy at least 24 comic books, what is the maximum
number of magazines the library can buy?
A) 8
B) 10
C) 11
D) 15

86
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 3
18 21
The population of a certain city in 2021 was 100,000. Rose went to a garden center to buy granular fertilizer
A model predicts that every 18 months for the next for her lawn. Each bag of the granular fertilizer contains
6 years, the population will decrease by 10% than the 20 pounds of granules. The total area of the lawn is
population of the preceding 18 months. According to 21,500 square feet and each 20 pounds bag of the
the model what is the predicted decrease in the granular fertilizer covers 4,000 square feet of the lawn.
population of the city in 6 years after 2021? How many minimum 20 pounds bags of the granular
fertilizer Rose must buy to cover the 21,500 square feet
A) 34,390
lawn with the granular fertilizer?
B) 40,000
A) 5
C) 46,855
B) 6
D) 60,000
C) 20
D) 54
19
𝐴𝐴 22
𝑀𝑀 2𝑎𝑎 𝑁𝑁
𝐵𝐵 𝐴𝐴 𝑎𝑎 −2 𝐵𝐵
𝑃𝑃
2𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎 + 2
𝐶𝐶
Triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is inscribed in a circle with center 𝑃𝑃. Line
segment 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 24 and sin 𝐴𝐴 = 0.6. What is the radius of 𝐷𝐷 𝐶𝐶
the circle? 𝑃𝑃 𝑂𝑂
In the figure above, the rectangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is inscribed in

the square 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀. The dimensions of the rectangle are
(𝑎𝑎 − 2) by (𝑎𝑎 + 2), and each edge of the square is 2𝑎𝑎,
where 𝑎𝑎 is a constant greater than 0. In context of the
given dimensions, what could 3𝑎𝑎2 + 4 represent?
20 A) The perimeter of the square.
B) The perimeter of the inscribed rectangle.
The graph of the quadratic function 𝑓𝑓 intersects the
4 9 C) The combined area of the inscribed rectangle
𝑥𝑥-axis at � , 0� and � , 0�. The graph of the and the square.
5 4
function 𝑔𝑔, where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥), is a result of translating D) The area of the square not covered by the
the graph of the function 𝑓𝑓 down by 15 units. inscribed rectangle.
What is 𝑔𝑔(0)?

87
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 3
Answers

88
1 A. No Calculation Required: Fixed daily earnings = 90. Earnings from 𝑥𝑥 lemonades sold in a day = 0.30𝑥𝑥.
Hence, total = 𝑒𝑒 = 90 + 0.30𝑥𝑥.
𝐶𝐶
*2 D. Mental Math: From the graph, the 𝑦𝑦-intercept = −2. Evaluate each answer choice for. 𝐵𝐵 = −2. This eliminates answer
choices A and C. Slope is positive based on the slant of the line. Evaluate the remaining answer choices B and D for positive
𝐴𝐴
slope = −
𝐵𝐵
. This eliminates answer choice B.
* 3. 4(𝑥𝑥 + 3) − (𝑥𝑥 + 3) = 18 → 3(𝑥𝑥 + 3) = 18 → 3 𝑥𝑥 = 9 → 𝑥𝑥 = 3.
5 8 5+8 13
*4 D.. + =1 → =1 → =1 → 13 = 𝑎𝑎 + 4 → 𝑎𝑎 = 13 − 4 = 9.
𝑎𝑎+4 𝑎𝑎+4 𝑎𝑎+4 𝑎𝑎+4
5 C. Mental Math: See vertical angles in the figure below. 𝑙𝑙
𝑝𝑝 35° 𝑃𝑃 𝑥𝑥°
𝑦𝑦° 35°
𝑞𝑞
Since angles on a straight line add to 180, 𝑥𝑥 + 35 + 𝑦𝑦 is equal to 180 and 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 is equal to 180 − 35 = 145.
6 B. Simplify parentheses and combine like terms: 𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 3 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑥𝑥 3 + 𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥.
7 D. Mental Math: 60,000 out of 100,000 is 60%. With the 5% margin of error, the total population that supported the
proposed legislative bill is 60 − 5 = 55% to 60 + 5 = 65%.
8 B. Mental Math: In 3(4)𝑥𝑥 , 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 3. Since the graph is shifted down by 1, 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the
𝑦𝑦-coordinate of shifted graph = 3 − 1 = 2.
9 C. No Calculation Required: Tripled each year than previous year is exponential growth.
*10 1. Determine the value of 𝑎𝑎: Since 𝑓𝑓(3) = 13, 𝑓𝑓(3) = 3𝑎𝑎 + 7 = 13 → 3𝑎𝑎 = 6 → 𝑎𝑎 = 2.
Substitute 𝑎𝑎 = 2 in the equation and solve for 𝑓𝑓(−3): 𝑓𝑓(−3) = (2 × −3) + 7 = −6 + 7 = 1.
−(3𝑎𝑎) −2
5 ×5 1 3𝑎𝑎
11 A.. −2 → 5−3𝑎𝑎 × 5−2 × 52 → 5−3𝑎𝑎 × 5−2+2 → 5−3𝑎𝑎 × 50 → 5−3𝑎𝑎 × 1 → . � � .
5 5
3 5
*12 0.25 or 1/4. 3 units to the right is 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
(𝑥𝑥 − 3) + .
4 2
3 5 3 5 9 5 1
𝑔𝑔(0) = (0 − 3) + = (−3) + = − + = = 0.25. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos
4 2 4 2 4 2 4
graphing calculator.)
𝐴𝐴 15 𝐵𝐵
13 D. Determine height: A perpendicular line from point 𝐴𝐴 to line segment 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶
divides it into 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 and forms triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴. 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is the height of the trapezoid. 15
Since angle 𝐵𝐵 and 𝐶𝐶 are right angles, 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = 15. Hence, 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 24 − 15 = 9.
9 and 15 are ratios of Pythagorean triple 9: 12: 15. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 12. 𝐷𝐷 9 𝐸𝐸 15 𝐶𝐶
1
Area of trapezoid = (15 + 24)12 = 234.
2
*14 C. Create a system of equations and solve for number of dimes.

Equation 1: Let number of dimes = 𝑥𝑥 and let number of quarters = 𝑦𝑦. Hence, 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 80.
Equation 2: Since each dime is $0.1, the value of 𝑥𝑥 dimes = 0.1𝑥𝑥. Since each quarter is $0.25, the value of
𝑦𝑦 quarters = 0.25𝑦𝑦. Hence, 0.1𝑥𝑥 + 0.25𝑦𝑦 = 15.20.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 80 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 80
−4(0.1𝑥𝑥 + 0.25𝑦𝑦 = 15.20) −0.4𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −60.80
------------------------------------------------------
0.6𝑥𝑥 = 19.2 → 𝑥𝑥 = 32
89
𝑘𝑘
15 A. Mental Math: At 𝑥𝑥-intercept, 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 0. Hence, 2𝑥𝑥 + 5(0) = 𝑘𝑘 → 2𝑥𝑥 = 𝑘𝑘 → 𝑥𝑥 = .
2
𝑘𝑘
At 𝑦𝑦-intercept, 𝑥𝑥-intercept = 0. Hence, 2(0) + 5𝑦𝑦 = 𝑘𝑘 → 5𝑦𝑦 = 𝑘𝑘 → 𝑦𝑦 = .
5
2021 bonus 20,000

16 C. 2020 bonus = = = 25,000.
0.8 0.8
*17 B. Check each answer choice by plugging the value of 𝑥𝑥 in the equation. The correct answer choice will result in 0.
𝑥𝑥 = 2 from answer choice B results in 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = 0. Hence, 𝑥𝑥 − 2 is a factor of 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥). (*This question may be solved quicker
using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
18 D. Plug the given vertex in the vertex form equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − ℎ)2 + 𝑘𝑘 and convert it to standard form equation.
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − 4)2 + 32 → 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 2 − 8𝑥𝑥 + 16) + 32 → 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 − 8𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 16𝑎𝑎 + 32.
Hence, 𝑐𝑐 = 16𝑎𝑎 + 32 → 𝑐𝑐 = 16(𝑎𝑎 + 2).
�25×4�+�30×3�+�35×2�+�45×4�+�50×2� 540
*19 B. Mean = = = 36. Median will be the dot for 8th cow = 35.
15 15
20 3. Set up two slope equations using any combination of points and equate them. See below.
6−0 10 − 6 6 4
= → = →
6 − 𝑑𝑑 (5 + 𝑑𝑑) − 6 6 − 𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 − 1
6(𝑑𝑑 − 1) = 4(6 − 𝑑𝑑) → 6𝑑𝑑 − 6 = 24 − 4𝑑𝑑 → 6𝑑𝑑 + 4𝑑𝑑 = 24 + 6 → 10𝑑𝑑 = 30 → 𝑑𝑑 = 3
12 �3 �3
21 B. Each side = = 2. Area of each equilateral = 𝑎𝑎2 = 22 = √3. Area of 2 shaded triangles = 2√3.
6 4 4
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
22 9/15 or 3/5. Mental Math: cos 𝑍𝑍 = cos 𝐶𝐶 = . 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 12 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 15 are ratio of Pythagorean triple 9: 12: 15.
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 9 3
Hence, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 9 and cos 𝑍𝑍 = = = . (Remember to match the vertices correctly.)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 15 5

*1 B. Evaluate the points from each table. The table in the correct answer choice will contain the points that are on the line
given in the graph. (*Since all the points are not visible on the given graph, this question may be solved quicker using the
2 A. Mental Math: Pear trees = 𝑎𝑎 = 60% of total trees = 𝑏𝑏 → 𝑎𝑎 = 0.6𝑏𝑏.

1 3(3𝑥𝑥+2) 1 9𝑥𝑥+6 1+9𝑥𝑥+6 9𝑥𝑥+7
*3 B. Create a common denominator and simplify:. + = + = = .
3𝑥𝑥+2 3𝑥𝑥+2 3𝑥𝑥+2 3𝑥𝑥+2 3𝑥𝑥+2 3𝑥𝑥+2
4,200
4 10. The drilling rate per minute = = 70 feet.
60
Since, drilling started 140 feet below, drilled feet = 840 − 140 = 700. Hence, 700 feet will be in 10 minutes.
5 C. 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 180° → (4𝑥𝑥 − 10) + (2.5𝑥𝑥 − 5) = 180 → 6.5𝑥𝑥 − 15 = 180 → 6.5𝑥𝑥 = 180 + 15 = 195 → 𝑥𝑥 = 30.
6 A. Mental Math: Ranges are the same. Median for 20 friends is in the 10th and 11th dot. Median for 21 friends is in the
11th dot. Running count before and after the addition of friend shows medians are same = 33.
7 5. (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 6) = (𝑥𝑥 + 4)2 + 𝑐𝑐 → 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 6𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 16 + 𝑐𝑐.

Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 1 and 12 = 16 + 𝑐𝑐 → 𝑐𝑐 = −4.
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐 = 1 − (−4) = 5

90
*8 60. Circle M: Convert the given general form equation to the standard form equation.
2 14
𝑥𝑥-coordinate of center:. = 1. The factor is (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 . 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of center:. = 7. The factor is (𝑦𝑦 + 7)2 .
2 2
The equation is (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦𝑦 + 7)2 = 50 + 12 + 72 → (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦𝑦 + 7)2 = 100. Hence, 𝑟𝑟 2 = 100 → 𝑟𝑟 = 10 and
diameter is 20.
Circle N: Diameter = 𝑑𝑑 = 3 × 20 = 60.
1 2 2
9 10. Oatmeal cookies = 40 × = 10. Sugar cookies = remaining cookies × = (40 − 10) × = 20.
4 3 3
Chocolate chip cookies = 40 − 10 − 20 = 10.
volume 0.48
10 A. Volume is 1.2 × 0.5 × 0.8 = 0.48. Mass = = = 0.1.
density 4.8
*11 A. Factor or use the quadratic formula to determine the factors. The two factors are (4𝑥𝑥 − 3) and (𝑥𝑥 + 10).
*12 B. Start with the first table and evaluate each point for true or false. (*This question may be solved quicker using the
1 1
13 B. For 2.8𝑡𝑡 to be equal to 1, the value of 𝑡𝑡 is the reciprocal of 2.8 = . Hence, 𝑡𝑡 = .
2.8 2.8
14 D. Mental Math: 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 1 implies that the graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is shifted down by 1 unit. Hence, the points (0, 𝑎𝑎) and (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
on the graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) will be 1 higher. (0, 𝑎𝑎) will be (0, 1) instead of (0, 0) and (1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎) will be (1, 2) instead of (1, 1).
Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 1 and 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 2. Since 𝑎𝑎 = 1, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 1 × 2 → 𝑏𝑏 = 2. The equation will be 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 1(2) 𝑥𝑥 = (2)𝑥𝑥 .
15 D. Mental Math: Determine Median: Data Set 1 has 25 data points. The median is the bar containing the 13th data point.
This is integer 5. Data Set 2 has 21 data points after removal of the integer 10. The median in the Data Set 2 is the bar
containing the 11th data point. This is integer 4. Hence, medians are different. Means will be different.
16 A. No Calculation Required: The graph shows that the amount is half = 30 grams in 50 minutes and
𝑚𝑚
again half = 15 grams in the next 50 minutes Hence, decay rate is half every 50 minutes. Per minute will be. .
50
17 B. Cost of 24 comics = 24 × $25 = $600. Remaining maximum budget for magazines = $760 − $600 = 𝑆𝑆160.
160
Number of magazines that can be bought in $160 = = 10.66 = 10 maximum magazines.
15
72
18 A. 6 years = 6 × 12 = 72 months. There are. = 4 intervals of 18 months in 6 years. Hence, the exponential decrease
18
equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑏𝑏)𝑡𝑡 = 100,000(0.9)4 = 65,610. The decrease is 100,000 − 65,610 = 34,930.
19 15. sin 𝐴𝐴 = 0.6 = = = . 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 3: 5 = ratio of Phythagorean triple 3: 4: 5. Hence, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 3: 4: 5.
It is given that 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 24. This is 6 times of the ratio component 4. Hence, all the ratio components will be 6 times.
Length of diameter = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 6 × 5 = 30. Radius = half of diameter = 15.
*20 21. Function 𝑓𝑓: Form the standard form equation with the given 𝑥𝑥-intercepts:
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (5𝑥𝑥 − 4)(4𝑥𝑥 − 9) = 20𝑥𝑥 2 − 61𝑥𝑥 + 36. The 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 36.
Function 𝑔𝑔: Translation down is the shift of the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of 𝑦𝑦-intercept of function 𝑔𝑔 down by 15 units.
Hence, the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of 𝑦𝑦-intercept of function 𝑔𝑔 = 𝑔𝑔(0) = 36 − 15 = 21.
21,500
21 B. Number of 20 pounds bags required = = 5.375. Since bags are whole, 6 bags will be required.
4,000
22 C. Use the process of elimination: Since neither the square nor the inscribed rectangle have a square term in the side
length, 3𝑎𝑎2 + 4 cannot be the perimeter of the square or the rectangle. This eliminates answer choices A and B.
The area of the square = 𝑠𝑠 2 = (2𝑎𝑎)2 = 4𝑎𝑎2 . Since 3𝑎𝑎2 + 4 is less than the area of the square, it cannot be the combined
area. This eliminates answer choice C.

91

92
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 4
Module 2.1
the answers.

93
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 4
1 4
𝑦𝑦 + 2𝑦𝑦 + 3𝑦𝑦 + 4𝑦𝑦 Sid bought 6 packets of cookies weighing 3 ounces

=5 each and 3 packets of cookies weighing 6 ounces each.
2
Each 3 ounces packet contains 6 cookies and each
What is the value of 𝑦𝑦 in the above equation?
6 ounces packet contains 12 cookies. What is the total
A) 1 number of cookies in all the packets Sid bought?
B) 2 A) 18
C) 5 B) 36
D) 10 C) 68
D) 72
2
5
5𝑥𝑥 = 8
−10𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −7 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥
=2+
𝑥𝑥 − 3 𝑥𝑥 − 3
The solution to the given system of equations is (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦).
What is the value of 𝑦𝑦? In the above equation what is the value of 𝑥𝑥, where
𝑥𝑥 > 0?
1
A) .
3
1
B) .
2
3 C) 2
D) 5
𝐶𝐶
(3𝑥𝑥 + 12)°
𝐵𝐵
𝑥𝑥°
6
3𝑥𝑥°
𝐷𝐷 In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) is a straight line.
𝐴𝐴
If 𝑔𝑔(2) = 7 and 𝑔𝑔(−2) = 1 satisfy 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥), what is the
Note: Figure not drawn to scale. 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the line?
A) −7
In the figure above, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is a quadrilateral. What is B) 0
the value of 𝑥𝑥, in degrees?
C) 4
D) 8

94
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 4
7 10
If a train is traveling at an average speed of 120 miles 5

per hour, what is an equivalent average speed of the 𝑦𝑦 = 524 − 𝑥𝑥
9
train in feet per minute (1 mile is 5,280 feet)?
The equation above models the linear relationship
A) 44 feet per minute between variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦. For what value of 𝑥𝑥, the
value of 𝑦𝑦 decreases by 1?
B) 5,280 feet per minute
4
C) 9,020 feet per minute A) .
5
D) 10,560 feet per minute B) .
5
9
9
C) .
9
9
D) .
5
8
A random sample of 240 employees at a certain

company were asked about the time they spend on
lunch break each working day. Based on the responses,
the estimated time was 40 minutes, with an associated 11
margin of error of 12 minutes. Which of the following
best summarizes the conclusions from the data? A basket contains pieces of paper with integers from
1 to 40, that are not multiples of 5, written on them.
A) The employees like to take lunch break each Each piece of paper has one integer written on it and
working day. each integer occurs once in the basket. What is the
B) The employees take at least 40 minutes of lunch probability that an integer selected at random from the
break each working day. basket is a multiple of 3?
13
C) It is plausible that the employees take between A) .
40
28 minutes and 52 minutes of lunch break each
working day. 11
B) .
32
D) It is plausible that the employees take between 3
40 minutes and 52 minutes of lunch break each C) .
5
working day. 1
D) .
5
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 − 6𝑥𝑥 = −1
The quadratic equation above has exactly one solution.
What is the value of 𝑎𝑎, where 𝑎𝑎 is a positive constant?

95
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 4
12 14
An ice cream truck sells ice cream cones for $1.50 each 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 3 − 5𝑥𝑥 2 + 8
and ice cream cups for $1 each. Last Sunday, the ice
What is the reminder when the above polynomial 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
cream truck sold altogether 79 ice cream cones and ice
is divided by (2𝑥𝑥 − 3)?
cream cups and collected $104. How many ice cream
cups were sold last Sunday?
A) 29
B) 32
C) 48
15
D) 50
Two identical cubes are glued together along one of the
edges. The diagonal of each cube measures
5.5√3 inches. What is the total surface area of the two
glued cubes, in square inches?
13
A) 11
ℎ = 2 + 0.125𝑎𝑎 B) 110
A scientist conducted an experiment to study the effect C) 302.5

of a certain fertilizer on the height of a certain species D) 363.0
of a plant. The scientist defined the relationship
between the amount of the fertilizer 𝑎𝑎, in nanograms,
and the height of the plant ℎ, in centimeters, by the
above equation, where 2 ≤ ℎ ≤ 15. Which of the
following statements agrees with the equation?
A) For each increase of 𝑎𝑎 by 0.125 nanogram, 16
ℎ increases by 2 centimeters.
𝑦𝑦 − 3 = 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥
B) For each increase of 𝑎𝑎 by 1 nanogram,
ℎ increases by 2 centimeters. Which of the following is equivalent to the above
equation where the maximum values of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 appear
C) For each increase of 𝑎𝑎 by 1 nanogram, as constants or coefficients?
ℎ increases by 0.125 centimeter.
A) 𝑦𝑦 = 2(𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 − 5
D) For each increase of 𝑎𝑎 by 2 nanograms,
ℎ increases by 0.125 centimeter. B) 𝑦𝑦 = 2(𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + 2
C) 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 − 3)2 − 3
D) 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 − 2)2 − 5

96
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 4
17 19
√5𝑥𝑥 + 26 − 4 = 𝑥𝑥
What is the solution to the above equation?
I. −5
II. 2 4 4
6√3
A) I only
4
B) II only
Note: Figure not drawn to scale.
C) I and II
The triangular base of the right triangular prism shown
D) Neither I nor II
in the above figure is an equilateral triangle. What is
the volume, in cubic units, of the right triangular
prism?
A) 14√3
B) 20√3
C) 64
18 D) 72
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the parabola defined by the function 𝑓𝑓

has vertex (7, 1). At how many points does the graph
of the function 𝑓𝑓 intersect the 𝑥𝑥-axis?
A) Zero
20
B) Exactly one
C) Exactly two The function 𝑔𝑔 is defined by 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = −5𝑥𝑥 + 22. The
graph of the function ℎ in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane is a result of
D) Infinitely many translation of the graph of function 𝑔𝑔 by 6 units to the
left and has 𝑥𝑥-intercept at (𝑎𝑎, 0) and 𝑦𝑦-intercept at
(0, 𝑏𝑏), where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are constants. What is the value
of 𝑎𝑎 − 𝑏𝑏?
A) −9.6
B) −8.6
C) 6.4
D) 9.6

97
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 4
21 22
14 The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 4 is the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane is defined

12 by 𝑦𝑦 = −(𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 + 1. Which of the following table
gives three values of 𝑥𝑥 and their corresponding values
Number of adults
10 of 𝑦𝑦 on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)?

8 A)
6 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
4 −4 −3
2 −2 1
0 −1 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Number of fruit servings B)
The above histogram shows the distribution of the 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
number of fruit servings 40 adults ate in July 2023. The −2 5
first bar represents less than 5 times in a month, the 3 −3
second bar represents at least 5 times but less than 10
times in a month, the third bar represents at least 10 times 0 1
but less than 15 times in a month, and so on. What is a
possible integer value of the median number of times C)
40 adults ate fruit servings in a month? 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
I. 11 −2 −5
II. 15 3 −3
0 1
A) I only
D)
B) II only
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
C) I and II
3 −3
D) Neither I nor II 2 1
5 6

98
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 4
Module 2.2

99
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 4
1 4
|𝑥𝑥 − 4| + 1 = 4 The function ℎ is defined by ℎ(𝑠𝑠) = 𝑘𝑘 𝑠𝑠 . If

1
If 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are the two solutions of the above equation ℎ(7) = × ℎ(5), which of the following is the value of
4
and 𝑏𝑏 > 𝑎𝑎, what is the value of 𝑏𝑏? 𝑘𝑘, where 𝑘𝑘 is a positive constant?
A) 3
B) 7
C) 8
5
D) 12
𝑥𝑥 1 7 13
𝑦𝑦 2 6 10
The table above shows three values of 𝑥𝑥 and their

2
corresponding 𝑦𝑦 values for the linear function 𝑓𝑓. If the
function is written in the format 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, which of the following is an equation 𝑏𝑏 and 𝑚𝑚 are constants and 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥), what is the value
of a line passing through the points (2, 0) and (4, 6)? of 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏?
1
A) 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 − 6
3
B) 𝑦𝑦 = −2𝑥𝑥 + 2
C) 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 2
D) 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 6 6
A bakery owner ordered 𝑥𝑥 pounds of apples and

𝑦𝑦 pounds of blueberries. Apples cost $1.69 per pound
and the blueberries cost $4.99 per pound. If the baker
ordered a total of 30 pounds of apples and blueberries
3 for $83.70, which of the following equations can be
used with 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 30 to determine the pounds of
2(𝑛𝑛 + 3) = 3(𝑛𝑛 − 2) apples the baker ordered (assuming no sales tax is
added)?
What value of 𝑛𝑛 satisfies the equation above?
A) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2(6.68)
A) 2
B) 2(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦) = 30
B) 6
C) 4.99𝑥𝑥 + 1.69𝑦𝑦 = 83.70
C) 7
D) 1.69𝑥𝑥 + 4.99𝑦𝑦 = 83.70
D) 12

100
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 4
7 9
Cherries (in pounds) Total cost ($)

0.7 2 9.97
0.6 4 15.95
6 21.93
0.5
8 27.91
0.4
A local farm in a certain town allows residents to pick
0.3 fresh cherries. The table above shows the linear
relationship between the cherries picked, in pounds, and
0.2 the total cost of cherries, in dollars. Which of the
following functions can determine the total cost 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥),
0.1 in dollars, for picking 𝑥𝑥 pounds of cherries, where
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)?
O
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 A) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5.98𝑥𝑥
B) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5.98𝑥𝑥 + 9.97
The above scatter plot shows a set of data and a line of
best fit for the data. Which of the following linear C) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2.99𝑥𝑥 + 9.97
equations best model the above data? D) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2.99𝑥𝑥 + 3.99
A) 𝑦𝑦 = −𝑥𝑥 − 1
B) 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 0.1
C) 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 0.1
D) 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 10
If the length of a rectangle is increased by 20% and the

width is decreased by 30%, which of the following
statements is TRUE about the area of the rectangle?
A) The area of the rectangle will decrease by 10%.
8
B) The area of the rectangle will decrease by 16%.
2
𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = 5𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 − 3)(𝑥𝑥 − 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 2) C) The area of the rectangle will increase by 10%.
How many distinct zeros does the above given D) The area of the rectangle will be unchanged.
function 𝑝𝑝 have?
A) 3
B) 4
C) 5
D) 6

101
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 4
11 13
1 3 45𝑥𝑥 2 + (38𝑘𝑘 − 52)𝑥𝑥 − 50 = 0

Leslie mixed. cup of baking mix A with. 1 cup of
4 4
baking mix B. If baking mix A contains 12 grams of The sum of the solutions of the given equation is 2,
sugar per cup and baking mix B contains 4 grams of where 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. What is the value of 𝑘𝑘?
sugar per cup, how many grams of sugar is in one cup A) −38
of the baking mix Leslie created?
B) −1
C) 8
D) 14
12
Number of Jackets Sold
Online
40 14
In-store
Number of jackets
30 Sona invited 200 friends and 15 family members to her

graduation party. Sona is estimating that all her family
20 members will come to the graduation party and 60% of
the invited friends with an associated margin of error of
10 5% will come to the graduation party. If 𝑥𝑥 is the total
number of friends and family members that Sona is
0 estimating, which of the following inequalities
1 2 3 4 5 6 represents all possible combinations of 𝑥𝑥?
Day
A) 110 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 130
The above graph shows the number of jackets sold by a B) 125 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 145
retail company online and the number of jackets sold
in-store for a period of 6 consecutive days. Of all the C) 155 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 200
jackets sold during the 6 consecutive days, what percent D) 200 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 215
were sold online?
A) 40%
B) 50%
C) 75%
D) 80%

102
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 4
15 17
40
In the right triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, angle 𝐵𝐵 is 90° and angles 𝐴𝐴
36
and 𝐶𝐶 have the same degree measure. The length of 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
32
Number of notebooks
4
28 is.
�2
. What is the length of 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵, in inches?
24
20 A) √2
16 B) 2√2
12
C) 2
8
4 D) 4
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Number of folders
Sally spent a total of 𝑑𝑑 dollars to buy folders and
notebooks. The cost of each folder is $2.00 and the cost
of each notebook is $2.50. The graph above shows all 18
the possible combinations of the number of folders and
the number of notebooks Sally could have bought in 𝑑𝑑
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑐𝑐
dollars. What is the value of 𝑑𝑑?
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of a parabola is defined by
the function 𝑓𝑓 given above, where 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑎𝑎 and
𝑐𝑐 are constants. If 𝑓𝑓(−2) = 𝑓𝑓(12), what is the value
of 𝑎𝑎?
1
A) .
2
16 B) .
4
5
𝑦𝑦 ≥ 4𝑥𝑥 + 1 C) 5
𝑦𝑦 ≤ −𝑥𝑥 + 6 D) 10
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, what is a solution to the above system
of inequalities?
A) (−1, −4)
B) (−1, 6)
C) (1, 2)
D) (1, 5)

103
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 4
19 21
𝐸𝐸 𝐵𝐵
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane the graph of a quadratic function
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) has exactly two real solutions and the vertex
of the graph is (4.2, −2). If one of the solutions is 7, 𝐹𝐹 𝐴𝐴
what is the other solution?
A) −4.2
𝐷𝐷 𝐶𝐶
B) 1.2
In the figure above, 𝐴𝐴𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 and 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 are congruent
C) 1.4 equilateral triangles and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 is a square. The area of
D) 11 each equilateral triangle is √3 square feet. What is the
perimeter of the figure, in feet?
A) 6√3
B) 6√3 + 2
C) 6
20
D) 12
7 𝑘𝑘 3 1
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + = − 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦
2 2 2 2
1 3 1
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4 + 𝑦𝑦
2 5 5
22
In the given system, 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. If the system is true
for all values of 𝑥𝑥, what is the value of 𝑘𝑘?
𝑦𝑦 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 = 5𝑥𝑥 + 2
A) −42
𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎
B) −40
The above system has exactly one solution (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). What
C) 7 is the value of 𝑥𝑥?
D) 12

104
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 4
Answers

105
*1 A. Mental Math:
10𝑦𝑦
. = 5 → 5𝑦𝑦 = 5 → 𝑦𝑦 = 1.
2
*2 9. Since 5𝑥𝑥 = 8, the value of 10𝑥𝑥 in the bottom equation = 16. Substitute this for 10𝑥𝑥.
−10𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −7 → −16 + 𝑦𝑦 = −7 → 𝑦𝑦 = 16 − 7 = 9.
3 29. 5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 360 → 12𝑥𝑥 = 360 − 12 → 12𝑥𝑥 = 348 → 𝑥𝑥 = 29.
4 B. In 3 ounces packets: 6 × 6 = 36 cookies. In 6 ounces packets: 3 × 12 = 36 cookies. Total = 36 + 36 = 72.
*5 D.
2𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥 2𝑥𝑥 − 1 − 𝑥𝑥
− =2 → = 2 → 𝑥𝑥 − 1 = 2(𝑥𝑥 − 3) → 𝑥𝑥 − 1 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 6 → 𝑥𝑥 = 5
𝑥𝑥 − 3 𝑥𝑥 − 3 𝑥𝑥 − 3
7−1 6 3
*6 C. 𝑔𝑔(2) = 7 is point (2, 7) and 𝑔𝑔(−2) = 1 is point (−2, 1). Slope = 2−(−2) = 4 = 2.
Plug in slope and any point in 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 equation to determine 𝑏𝑏.
3
7 = � × 2� + 𝑏𝑏 → 7 = 3 + 𝑏𝑏 → 𝑏𝑏 = 4.
2
miles 1 120
7 D. Determine feet per hour. Let feet = 𝑥𝑥. Set up a proportion:. = = → 𝑥𝑥 = 120 × 5,280 feet per hour.
feet 5,280 𝑥𝑥
120×5,280
Convert to feet per minute:. = 10,560. Alternatively, use conversion factors method.
60
8 C. Mental Math: Since the associated margin of error is 12 minutes, it is plausible that the employees take between
40 − 12 = 28 and 40 + 12 = 52 minutes of lunch break each working day.
*9 9. Rearrange as quadratic equation 𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 − 6𝑥𝑥 + 1 = 0. Set the discriminant to 0 and determine 𝑎𝑎: 𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 0 →
(−6)2 − (4 × 𝑎𝑎 × 1) = 0 → 36 − 4𝑎𝑎 = 0 → 36 = 4𝑎𝑎 → 𝑎𝑎 = 9.
(*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator, if a student is proficient in using the slider
feature.)
5 5 9
10 D. Mental Math: 𝑥𝑥 = reciprocal of. will result in 1. This will decrease 𝑦𝑦 by 1. See verification: 𝑦𝑦 = 524 − � × � =
9 9 5
524 − 1 = 523.
11 B. There are 8 multiples of 5 between 1 and 40: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40. Hence there are 40 − 8 = 32
numbers in the basket. There are 13 multiples of 3 between 1 and 40, but 15 and 30 are excluded. Hence, there are 11
remaining multiples of 3.
multiples of 3 from integers 1 to 40, excluding multiples of 5 11
=
total integers from 1 to 40 excluding multiples of 5 32
*12 A. Equation 1: Let number of ice cream cones = 𝑥𝑥 and let number of ice cream cups = 𝑦𝑦. Hence, 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 79.
Equation 2: Cost of 𝑥𝑥 ice cream cones = 1.50𝑥𝑥 and cost of 𝑦𝑦 ice cream cups = 1𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦. Hence, 1.5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 104.
1.5(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 79) 1.5𝑥𝑥 + 1.5𝑦𝑦 = 118.5
−(1.5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 104) −1.5𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −104
--------------------------------------------------
0.5𝑦𝑦 = 14.5 → 𝑦𝑦 = 29
(*After the two equations have been identified, this question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator to
determine the value of 𝑦𝑦.)
13 C. No Calculation Required: When 𝑎𝑎 = 1, the height of the plant will increase by 0.125.
3
*14 3.5. 𝑥𝑥 = = 1.5. Hence, 𝑓𝑓(1.5) = 2(1.5)3 − 5(1.5)2 + 8 = 6.75 − 11.25 + 8 = 3.5. (*This question may be solved
2
quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)

106
15 C. Each side = 5.5. Since one side of each cube is glued, the surface area of each cube is reduced by one side. Hence, the
surface area of each cube is 5𝑠𝑠 2 . Surface area of the two cubes = 10𝑠𝑠 2 = 10 × 5.5 × 5.5 = 302.5.
16 A. Rearrange to quadratic equation: 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 13.

𝑏𝑏 8
Determine 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex: − = − = −2. Hence, the factor for vertex form is (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2 .
2𝑎𝑎 4
Determine the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the vertex: Plug 𝑥𝑥 = −2 in the equation. 𝑦𝑦 = 2(−2)2 + (8 × −2) + 3 = 8 − 16 + 3 = −5.
*17 B. Move 4 to the right-side and square both sides: (√5𝑥𝑥 + 26)2 = (𝑥𝑥 + 4)2 → 5𝑥𝑥 + 26 = (𝑥𝑥 + 4)2 .
Form a quadratic equation and solve for factors: 5𝑥𝑥 + 26 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 16 → 𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 16 − 26 = 0 →
𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 − 10 = 0. The two factors are (𝑥𝑥 − 2) and (𝑥𝑥 + 5). Hence, the values of 𝑥𝑥 are 2 and −5.
Check for extraneous solution by plugging both the values of 𝑥𝑥 in the given equation. −5 is an extraneous solution.
(*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator. Desmos does not graph the extraneous
solution.)
*18. A Although the value of 𝑎𝑎 is unknown, it will not affect at how many points the graph intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis. Plug in
𝑎𝑎 = 1 and the given coordinates of the vertex in the vertex form equation and then convert it to standard form equation.
𝑦𝑦 = 1(𝑥𝑥 − 7)2 + 1 → 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 − 7)2 + 1 → 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 14𝑥𝑥 + 49 + 1 → 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 14𝑥𝑥 + 50.
Discriminant = (−14)2 − (4 × 1 × 50) = 196 − 200 = −4. Since the discriminant is less than 0, there is no real solutions.
�3
19. D Area of the equilateral triangular base = × 4 × 4 = 4√3. Volume of the prism = 4√3 × 6√3 = 24 × 3 = 72.
4
*20 C. Translated function ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = −5(𝑥𝑥 + 6) + 22.

𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥-intercept: 0 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 30 + 22 → 0 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 8 → 5𝑥𝑥 = −8 → 𝑥𝑥 = −1.6.
𝑏𝑏 = 𝑦𝑦-intercept: 𝑦𝑦 = −5(0 + 6) + 22 → 𝑦𝑦 = −30 + 22 = −8.
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑏𝑏 = −1.6 − (−8) = −1.6 + 8 = 6.4.
21 A. Since there are 40 adults, the bar that includes the 20th and 21st adult contains the median number of times. Starting
from the left bar, continue a cumulative count of the number of adults for each bar till the bar containing the 20th to 21st adult
is reached. The bar that is at least 10 but less than 15 includes 20th to 21st adult and, hence, contains the median data point.
The median can be any integer between 10 and 14. Correct answer is 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14.
*22 B. The given graph is translated by 3 units to the left. Hence, the graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is 3 units to the right and each value of 𝑥𝑥
will be 3 units to the right. Evaluate the points from each table. The table in the correct answer choice will contain the points
that are on the graph of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥). (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)

107
*1 B. Positive value: 𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 3 → 𝑥𝑥 = 7. Negative value: 𝑥𝑥 − 4 = −3 → 𝑥𝑥 = 1. Since 7 is greater than 1, 𝑏𝑏 = 7.
6−0 6
*2 D. Slope = = = 3. Plug slope and any point in 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 equation. 0 = (3 × 2) + 𝑏𝑏 → 0 = 6 + 𝑏𝑏 →
4−2 2
𝑏𝑏 = −6. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
*3 D. 2𝑛𝑛 + 6 = 3𝑛𝑛 − 6 → 3𝑛𝑛 − 2𝑛𝑛 = 6 + 6 → 𝑛𝑛 = 12. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos
graphing calculator.)
7
1 𝑘𝑘 1 1 1
4 1/2 or 0.5. 𝑘𝑘 7 = × 𝑘𝑘 5 → 5 = → 𝑘𝑘 2 = → 𝑘𝑘 = .
4 𝑘𝑘 4 4 2
6−2 4 2
*5 2. Select any two points from the table to determine slope. Slope = = = .
7−1 6 3
2 1
Plug slope and any point in 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. 2 = (1) + 𝑏𝑏 → 𝑏𝑏 = 1 .
3 3
2 1
𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 = + 1 = 2. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
3 3
6 D. No Calculation Required: cost of 𝑥𝑥 pounds of apples + 𝑦𝑦 pounds of blueberries is $83.70. Hence,

1.69𝑥𝑥 + 4.99𝑦𝑦 = 83.70.
rise
7 B. Mental Math: Slope is positive and. = 1 from the graph. The 𝑦𝑦-intercept is negative since it is below 0. Only
run
answer choice B matches this.
*8 B. No Calculation Required: The distinct zeros are 0, 3, 1, and −2. Hence, 4 distinct zeros.
15.95−9.97 5.98
*9 D. Slope: = = = 2.99. 𝑦𝑦-intercept is the cost of 0 pounds of cherries. For every 2 pounds of cherries
4−2 2
difference in cost is $5.98. Hence, for 0 pounds of cherries cost is 9.97 − 5.98 = 3.99. This matches answer choice D.
10 B. Length 𝑙𝑙 increased by 20% is 1.2𝑙𝑙. Width 𝑤𝑤 decreased by 30% is 0.7𝑤𝑤. Changed area = 1.2𝑙𝑙 × 0.7𝑤𝑤 = 0.84𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙. This
is 16% decrease of 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙.
11 5. A: one-fourth of 12 is 3. B: one and three-fourth of 4 is 4 + 3 = 7. Total in 2 cups = 3 + 7 = 10. Hence, 1 cup = 5.
12 B. Total jackets = 40 + 40 + 35 + 25 + 30 + 30 = 200.

Jackets sold online (top bar) = 25 + 20 + 25 + 5 + 20 + 5 = 100. 100 is 50% of 200.
𝐵𝐵 38𝑘𝑘−52
13 B. Sum formula: − =2 → − = 2 → −(38𝑘𝑘 − 52) = 2 × 45 → −38𝑘𝑘 = 90 − 52 = 38 → 𝑘𝑘 = −1.
𝐴𝐴 45
14 B. Margin of error is 60% − 5% = 55% and 60% + 5% = 65%. Hence, number of friends is between 200 × 0.55 =
110 and 200 × 0.65 = 130 and the inequality is 110 ≤ friends ≤ 130.
After including 15 family members: 15 + 110 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 15 + 130 → 125 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 145.
15 100. Mental Math: At every point on the graph the total cost is 𝑑𝑑 dollars. Select any point and determine the total cost of
folders and notebooks. Calculation is easier using the intercepts.
𝑥𝑥-intercept = 50 folders. Total cost = 50 × $2 = 100. Note that at 𝑦𝑦-intercept = notebooks the total cost is same,
40 × $2.50 = 100.
*16 B. Evaluate each point for true and false for both the inequalities. (*This question may be solved quicker using the
17 C. Since angles 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are same, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is a right isosceles triangle. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵. Let 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 be 𝑎𝑎.
Use Pythagorean theorem to determine 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵:
4 2 16 16
(𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)2 + (𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵)2 = (𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)2 → 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑎𝑎2 = � � → 2𝑎𝑎2 = → 𝑎𝑎2 = = 4 → 𝑎𝑎 = ±2
√2 2 4
Since a length cannot be negative 𝑎𝑎 = 2 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵.
108
18 A. 𝑓𝑓(−2) = 𝑓𝑓(−12) → 𝑎𝑎(−2)2 − 5(−2) + 𝑐𝑐 = 𝑎𝑎(12)2 − 5(12) + 𝑐𝑐 → 4𝑎𝑎 + 10 + 𝑐𝑐 = 144𝑎𝑎 − 60 + 𝑐𝑐 →
70 1
140𝑎𝑎 = 70 → 𝑎𝑎 = = .
140 2
19 C. Mental Math: The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex = 4.2 is the midpoint of the two 𝑥𝑥-intercepts (solutions). Both
𝑥𝑥-intercepts are equidistant from 4.2. The distance between 7 and 4.2 is 2.8. Hence, the other 𝑥𝑥-intercepts 4.2 − 2.8 = 1.4.
*20 B. Since the system has infinitely many solutions, the ratios of coefficients 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are the same. Rearrange equations
to standard form and equate the ratio of 𝑐𝑐 with either 𝑎𝑎 or 𝑏𝑏. Ratios of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑐𝑐 are equated below.
7 𝑘𝑘 3 1 7 3 1 𝑘𝑘 5 𝑘𝑘
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + = − 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = − → 𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = −
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 3 1 1 3 1 1 4
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4 + 𝑦𝑦 → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4 → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4
2 5 5 2 5 5 2 5
Equate the ratios of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑐𝑐:
5 1 𝑘𝑘 5 𝑘𝑘 1 𝑘𝑘
÷ =− ÷4 → ×2=− × → 5 = − → 𝑘𝑘 = −40
2 2 2 2 2 4 8
feature.)
�3
21 D. Area = 𝑎𝑎2 = √3 → 𝑎𝑎2 = 4 = 22 → 𝑎𝑎 = 2. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 2. Since all sides of
4
the square 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 are same, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 2.
Perimeter = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 + 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 + 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 + 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 2 × 6 = 12.
*22 0.5. Rearrange: 𝑦𝑦 = −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 2 and 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎.

Equate and form a quadratic equation: −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 → −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0 →
−3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 𝑎𝑎 = 0.
Set the discriminant to 0 and determine 𝑎𝑎: (Note that in the above equation, 𝑐𝑐 = 2 − 𝑎𝑎.)
𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 → 32 − �4 × −3 × (2 − 𝑎𝑎)� = 0 → 9 − �−12 × (2 − 𝑎𝑎)� = 0 → 9 − (−24 + 12𝑎𝑎) = 0 →
9 + 24 − 12𝑎𝑎 = 0 → 33 − 12𝑎𝑎 → 2.75 = 𝑎𝑎.
Plug 𝑎𝑎 and determine 𝑥𝑥: −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 2.75 = 0 → −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 − 0.75 = 0 → −𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥 − 0.25 = 0 →
𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥 + 0.25 = 0 → (𝑥𝑥 − 0.5)2 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 = 0.5.
feature.)

109

110
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 5
Module 2.1
the answers.

111
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 5
1 3
A helicopter takes-off from a roof-top helipad and rises 10𝑥𝑥 − 7𝑦𝑦 = 21

at a constant rate of 32 feet per second. If the roof-top
−8𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −18
helipad is 65 feet from the ground, which of the
following equations can be used to determine the The lines corresponding to the above system of
height ℎ, in feet, of the helicopter above the ground equations intersect at the point (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦). What is the value
𝑠𝑠 seconds after take-off, where 65 < ℎ < 8,000? of 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦?
𝑠𝑠
A) ℎ = 32 +
65
𝑠𝑠
B) ℎ = 65 +
32
C) ℎ = 32 + 65𝑠𝑠
4
D) ℎ = 65 + 32𝑠𝑠
The radius of a right circular cone is 6 times its height.
Which of the following equation expresses the
volume, 𝑉𝑉, of the cone in terms of its height, ℎ?
1
A) 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋 + 6ℎ
3
2
B) 𝑉𝑉 = 3𝜋𝜋ℎ3
𝑦𝑦 C) 𝑉𝑉 = 6𝜋𝜋ℎ3
40 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) D) 𝑉𝑉 = 18𝜋𝜋ℎ3
20
𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
5
-20
Lannie has $15.50 to buy muffins and donuts. Each
-40 muffin costs $0.85 and each donut costs $1.10. If
Lannie wants to buy 7 muffins and no sales tax is
added, what is the maximum number of whole donuts
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of the function 𝑓𝑓, where Lannie can buy?
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥), is shown above. What equation defines 𝑓𝑓? A) 6
A) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 3) 2
B) 8
B) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥(𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑥𝑥 − 3) 2
C) 9
C) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 3) 2
D) 11
D) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑥𝑥 − 3) 2

112
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 5
6 8
Number of Members in Yoga and Meditation Classes 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 − 16

One of the zeros of the above equation can be written in
the format 𝑎𝑎 + 2√𝑏𝑏. What is the sum of the constants
Yoga 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏?
Meditation
20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Number of members 9
The above box plot summarizes the distribution of the Which expression is equivalent to
number of members at a gym who attended either yoga (𝑚𝑚3 𝑝𝑝2 𝑠𝑠 −4 )(𝑚𝑚−3 𝑝𝑝−4 𝑠𝑠 6 ), where 𝑚𝑚, 𝑝𝑝, and 𝑠𝑠 are greater
classes or meditation classes in August 2021. If 𝑎𝑎 is the than 0?
median number of members who attended yoga classes
𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠2
and 𝑏𝑏 is the median number of members who attended A) .
𝑝𝑝−4
meditation classes, which of the following statements is
true? 𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠2
B) .
𝑝𝑝2
A) 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏
C) 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠 −2
B) 𝑎𝑎 > 𝑏𝑏
D) 𝑚𝑚𝑝𝑝2 𝑠𝑠 2
C) 𝑎𝑎 < 𝑏𝑏
D) Insufficient information is given.
10
7
𝑥𝑥 −11 −3 3
2
ℎ(𝑡𝑡) = −16𝑡𝑡 + 80𝑡𝑡 + 96 𝑦𝑦 −6.5 𝑘𝑘 14.5
When an object is thrown in the air from a 96 inches
high platform, the height of the object in the air after The above table shows 3 values of 𝑥𝑥 and their
𝑡𝑡 seconds can be determined by the function ℎ shown corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value, where 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. What is
above. How many seconds does the object take to the value of 𝑘𝑘?
reach the maximum height in the air?
A) −3.5
B) −1.0
C) 5.5
D) 10.5

113
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 5
11 13
Employee Vacation Days at 10 Companies A restaurant received an order for 60 packaged meals
on a certain day. The preparation of the packaged meals
25
was equally divided amongst 𝑥𝑥 cooks, where 𝑥𝑥 is a
Number of vacation days
20 constant. If after 1 hour 𝑦𝑦 packaged meals were

prepared, which of the following expressions represents
15 the number of packaged meals left for each cook to
prepare?
10
60−𝑦𝑦
A) .
5 𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦−60
B) .
O 𝑥𝑥
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
60
Number of years of employment C) .
𝑦𝑦−𝑥𝑥
The above scatter plot shows the number of vacation D) 60𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦

days of an employee at 10 companies based on the
number of years an employee has been employed at a
company. Which of the following is the best
interpretation of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of a line of best fit?
A) The estimated number of vacation days of an
employee at the start of employment.
14
B) The estimated number of vacation days of an
employee who has never worked before.
1
C) The estimated number of vacation days of an 𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 + 1
4
employee who has been employed for 8
years. 1
𝑦𝑦 ≥ − 𝑥𝑥 − 11
D) The estimated number of years an employee 6
must be employed before getting vacation days. The point (55, 𝑦𝑦) is a solution to the given system of
inequalities. What is a possible value of 𝑦𝑦?
A) −25
B) −19
12 C) 18
D) 29
The population of bees in a certain forest decreased
exponentially by 3% every 2 years. If the population, 𝑃𝑃,
in 2012 was 𝑛𝑛 millions, which of the following
represents the population of bees 𝑡𝑡 years after 2012?
A) 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑛𝑛(1.3)2𝑡𝑡
B) 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑛𝑛(1.3)𝑡𝑡
C) 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑛𝑛(0.97)𝑡𝑡
𝑡𝑡
D) 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑛𝑛(0.97)2

114
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 5
15 18
𝐴𝐴
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graphs of two perpendicular
lines 𝑟𝑟 and 𝑞𝑞 intersect at the point (−2, −10). Line 𝑟𝑟
intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis at the point (0, −14). Which of the
following table gives three values of 𝑥𝑥 and their
corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦 on the graph of line 𝑞𝑞?
A)
60° 60° 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
𝐵𝐵 𝐷𝐷 𝐶𝐶
−12 −3
In the figure above, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = √3 bisects ��
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 at point 𝐷𝐷. −2 8
What is the length of ��
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 ?
1 −16
B)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
−8 2
16 −3 8
1 −16
A coffee distribution company sells coffee packs in
varying sizes, in pounds. The graph of the equation
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = −3(𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 − 10) in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, where
C)
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥), models the company’s monthly profit 𝑦𝑦, in
thousands of dollars, as a function of the pack size 𝑥𝑥, in 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
pounds. Based on the equation, the maximum monthly 10 −4
profit of the company, in thousands of dollars, is for
17 5
what pack size, in pounds?
30 6
D)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
17 10 −4
22 2
A manufacturing company specializes in producing 30 6
glass bottles of varying sizes. An inspection of a
random sample of 400 glass bottles showed that 2 glass
bottles had one or more cracks. If the manufacturer
produces 20,000 bottles in a month and the proportion
of the glass bottles with one or more cracks is the same,
how many glass bottles produced in a month have one
or more cracks?

115
2 Module
1 2
Practice Test 5
19 21
In a right triangle, the two acute angles are 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦. 3 1 3 𝑘𝑘

− 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 8
If sin (2𝑎𝑎 − 20)° of the angle 𝑥𝑥 is equal to 2 4 2 4
cos (3𝑎𝑎 + 10)° of the angle 𝑦𝑦, what is the value of 𝑎𝑎? 5 1 1 3 3
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 +
A) 5 2 2 4 2 4
B) 10 In the given system of equations, 𝑘𝑘 is a constant. For
what value of 𝑘𝑘, the system has no solution?
C) 20
D) 22
20
22
𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 8) 𝑎𝑎
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 𝐴𝐴
Which (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) ordered pair is a solution to the given
system? 𝐶𝐶 𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏
I. (−5, −21)
II. (1, 9) 𝐷𝐷
𝑏𝑏 𝐵𝐵 𝑎𝑎
A) I only
B) II only
In the figure above, point 𝐶𝐶 is the center of the circle
C) I and II
and lines 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are tangent to the circle at points 𝐴𝐴
D) Neither I nor II and 𝐵𝐵, respectively, and intersect at the point 𝐷𝐷.
2𝜋𝜋
If 𝑥𝑥 = , what is the value of 𝑦𝑦, in radians?
3
𝜋𝜋
A) .
3
5𝜋𝜋
B) .
9
2𝜋𝜋
C) .
3
5𝜋𝜋
D) .
3

116
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 5
Module 2.2

117
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 5
1 4
2 1 1 Number of Job Applications at 2 Companies

𝑥𝑥 − = 𝑥𝑥
3 2 6 Company 1
8
What is the value of 𝑥𝑥 in the above equation?
Number of job applications

Company 2
7
A) 1 6
B) 5 5
C) 6 4
3
D) 10
2
1
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun
Month
The above bar graph shows the number of job
2
applications received at two companies, Company 1 and
Company 2, from January to June last year. By how
Which expression is equivalent to
much is the median number of job applications at
(3𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥) − 𝑥𝑥(2𝑥𝑥 2 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 2)?
company 1 greater than the median number of job
A) −5𝑥𝑥 3 − 5𝑥𝑥 2 + 4 applications at Company 2?
B) −3𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 2
C) 𝑥𝑥 3 − 𝑥𝑥 2
D) 𝑥𝑥 3 + 5𝑥𝑥 2
5
𝑂𝑂 𝐴𝐴
3
5 + 𝑥𝑥
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝐵𝐵 𝑃𝑃
3
For the function 𝑔𝑔 defined above, what is the value of Note: Figure not drawn to scale
𝑔𝑔(7) + 𝑔𝑔(10)?
In the figure above, 𝑂𝑂 is the center of the circle and
A) 5 points 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝑃𝑃 lie on the circumference of the
circle. The degree measure of arc 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is 120°. Which
B) 5
of the following is true about the degree measure of
C) 9 angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂?
D) 17 A) The degree measure of angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 is 120°.
B) The degree measure of angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 is 60°.
C) The degree measure of angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 is 30°.
D) The degree measure of angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 is 20°.

118
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 5
6 9
2 7.5 6 Samona opened a bank account with an initial deposit

3 �𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − �= 𝑥𝑥 + of $400. Each week after the account opening, she
15 20 15
deposited at least $50 but not more than $75 in the
The given equation has no solution, where 𝑚𝑚 is a
account. Which of the following inequalities represents
constant. What is the value of 𝑚𝑚?
all possible amounts 𝐴𝐴, in dollars, in the bank account
after 16 weekly deposits, assuming no withdrawals or
additional deposits were made?
A) 800 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,200
B) 800 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,600
C) 1,200 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,600
7
D) 1,200 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,800
A party planner bought 60 balloons to display on
1
5 tables.. th of the balloons popped and had to be
4
discarded. The remaining balloons were equally divided
for display on the 5 tables. Of the total number of
balloons bought by the party planner, what percent of
the balloons were displayed on each of the 5 tables?
10
A) 8%
B) 12%
Number of boxes Weight, in pounds
C) 15%
2 1
D) 20%
4 2
4 5
6 10
4 15
8 5 20
2
Which equation is equivalent to 𝑦𝑦 = (4𝑥𝑥)𝑎𝑎 , where The above table shows the individual weight of 25
𝑥𝑥 > 0? boxes, in pounds. What is the mean weight, in pounds,
A)
𝑎𝑎
𝑦𝑦 = √4𝑥𝑥 2 of the 25 boxes?
𝑎𝑎
B) 𝑦𝑦 = √16𝑥𝑥2
C) 𝑦𝑦 = √16𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎
D) 𝑦𝑦 = 16𝑥𝑥

119
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 5
11 13
In a triangle with sides 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐, 𝑎𝑎 = 4 and 𝑏𝑏 = 7. If If 𝑡𝑡(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − ℎ(𝑥𝑥 + 1) and ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 26, what is
𝑐𝑐 > 8, what can be one possible integer value of 𝑐𝑐? the value of 𝑡𝑡(5)?
A) 15
B) 32
C) 115
D) 135
12
𝑦𝑦
4
14
2
𝑥𝑥 �4(2𝑥𝑥 + 3) = 2𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 𝑂𝑂 2 4
-2 What values of 𝑥𝑥 satisfy the expression above?
I −3
-4
II −1
III 3
In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of two lines in a linear
system of equations is given above. Which of the
following could be the system of equations of the given A) I only
graph? B) III only
A) −4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 6 C) I and III only
𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 6
D) II and III only
B) 4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 6
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 5
C) 3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 5
4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 6
D) 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = −2
2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 1

120
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 5
15 17
(2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 3)(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 4) = 6𝑥𝑥 2 + 17𝑥𝑥 + 12 3 6

𝑥𝑥(7𝑥𝑥 − 13) = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑐𝑐
The above expression is true for all values of 𝑥𝑥. What is 5 5
the value of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are constants? In the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane, the graph of the above equation has
exactly two solutions, where 𝑐𝑐 is a constant. The
1
product of the two solutions is. . What is the value of 𝑐𝑐 ?
4
A) −4
3
16 B) −
4
3
The function 𝑓𝑓 is defined by 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5𝑥𝑥 − 14. Which of C) .
5
the following table gives three values of 𝑥𝑥 and their 3
corresponding values of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) + 5 in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane? D) .
4
A)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
−2 −24
3 1
18
5 11
𝑚𝑚 𝑛𝑛
B)
𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑙𝑙
−2 −19
3 1 𝑝𝑝 𝐶𝐶 𝐷𝐷
7 21
𝑠𝑠 𝐸𝐸 𝐹𝐹
C)
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 Note: Figure not drawn to scale.
−2 −19
In the above figure, lines 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑛𝑛 intersect parallel
4 1 lines 𝑙𝑙, 𝑝𝑝, and 𝑠𝑠. Points 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are on line 𝑙𝑙, points 𝐶𝐶
8 21 and 𝐷𝐷 are on line 𝑝𝑝, and points 𝐸𝐸 and 𝐹𝐹 are on line 𝑠𝑠. If
𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶 = 5.6, 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = 3.5, and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 7, which of the
following ranges contain the length of 𝐷𝐷𝐹𝐹 �� ?
D) A) 4.2 to 4.4
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
B) 4.5 to 4.7
−2 −19
C) 4.8 to 5.0
2 1
D) 5.1 to 5.3
6 21

121
2 Module
2 2
Practice Test 5
19 21
𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷
4 𝐴𝐴
𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
𝐵𝐵 𝐶𝐶 𝐸𝐸 𝐹𝐹
-2
Note: Figure not drawn to scale.
-4 In the triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 above, Cos 𝐶𝐶 = 0.8. Triangle 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
is a similar triangle, where vertices 𝐷𝐷, 𝐸𝐸, and 𝐹𝐹
correspond to vertices 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, and 𝐶𝐶, respectively.
Which of the following system of inequalities contain If 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 15, what is the length of ��
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 ?
the solution of the above graph in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane?
A) −𝑦𝑦 < −2𝑥𝑥 − 1
𝑦𝑦 < −3𝑥𝑥 + 2
B) 𝑦𝑦 > −2𝑥𝑥 − 1
22
−𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 + 2
𝑦𝑦
C) 𝑦𝑦 ≥ 3𝑥𝑥 + 1
𝑦𝑦 ≤ 2𝑥𝑥 + 1 4
(1, 3)
D) 𝑦𝑦 ≤ −2𝑥𝑥 + 1
2
𝑦𝑦 ≤ 1.5𝑥𝑥 + 1
(2, 1)
𝑥𝑥
-4 -2 O 2 4
-2
20
�
6
�𝑚𝑚 -4
The function 𝐵𝐵(𝑚𝑚) = 𝑤𝑤(0.25) 30 models the
number of bacterial colonies in 𝑚𝑚 minutes since the
start of a scientific experiment, where 𝑤𝑤 is the number The graph of a parabola in the 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥-plane is shown
of bacterial colonies at the start of the experiment and above. If the equation of the parabola is written in the
𝐵𝐵(𝑚𝑚) is the number of bacterial colonies in 𝑚𝑚 minutes form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are
after the start of the experiment. What is the best constants, what is the value of 𝑎𝑎 − 𝑏𝑏?
6
interpretation of (0.25)
�
30
�𝑚𝑚
? A) −6
A) The number of bacterial colonies reduced by B) −2
2% every minute. C) 2
B) The number of bacterial colonies reduced by D) 6
25% every 5 minutes.
C) The number of bacterial colonies reduced by
25% every 6 minutes.
D) The number of bacterial colonies reduced by
0.25% every 30 minutes.
SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course 122

Tutorhubllc
Digital SAT Math
Practice Test 5
Answers

123
1 D. No Calculation Required: Starting height = 65. Increase in height = 32 feet per second. Hence, increase in height in
𝑠𝑠 seconds = 32𝑠𝑠. Total height in 𝑠𝑠 seconds = 65 + 32𝑠𝑠.
2 A. No Calculation Required: The graph intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis at 0 and 2. The corresponding factors are 𝑥𝑥 (or multiple of 𝑥𝑥)
and 𝑥𝑥 − 2. The graph touches the 𝑥𝑥-axis at −3 and curves back. The corresponding factors are (𝑥𝑥 + 3)2 .
*3 1.5 or 3/2 Mental Math: It can be observed that adding the two equations will give the value of 2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 3. Dividing
this by 2 is 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 1.5.
4 D. Radius is 6 times the height ℎ. Hence, radius = 6ℎ. Plug 6ℎ for radius in the volume formula.
1 2 1 1
𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 ℎ → 𝜋𝜋(6ℎ)2 ℎ → 𝜋𝜋 × 6ℎ × 6ℎ × ℎ → 18𝜋𝜋ℎ3
3 3 3
5 B. Cost of 7 muffins = 7 × 0.85 = 5.95. Let number of donuts = 𝑥𝑥. Hence, cost of 𝑥𝑥 donuts = 1.1𝑥𝑥.
Total cost must be $15.50 or less. Hence, 5.95 + 1.1𝑥𝑥 ≤ 15.50 → 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 8.68 = 8 maximum whole donuts.
6 C. Mental Math: Median number of members who attended meditation class 𝑏𝑏 is greater.
𝑏𝑏 80
*7 2.5. Time to reach maximum height = 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex = − =− = 2.5. (*This question may be
2𝑎𝑎 2(−16)
solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
8 7. Use the quadratic formula to determine the roots.

−(−4) ± �(−4)2 − (4 × 1 × −16) 4 ± √16 + 64 4 ± √80 4 ± √16 × 5 4 ± 4√5
= = = = = 2 ± 2√5 → 𝑎𝑎 = 2, 𝑏𝑏 = 5
2×1 2 2 2 2
Hence, 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 2 + 5 = 7.
𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠2
9 B. 𝑚𝑚3−3 𝑝𝑝2−4 𝑠𝑠 −4+6 = 𝑚𝑚1 𝑝𝑝−2 𝑠𝑠 2 = .
𝑝𝑝2
10 C. Set up 2 slope equations, one including 𝑘𝑘 and one excluding 𝑘𝑘.

14.5 − (−6.5) 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘 21 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘 3 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘
= → = → = → 3= →
3 − (−11) 3 − (−3) 14 6 2 6 3
3 × 3 = 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘 → 9 = 14.5 − 𝑘𝑘 → 𝑘𝑘 = 14.5 − 9 = 5.5
11 A. No Calculation Required: 𝑦𝑦-intercept from graph = number of days at start of employment.
𝑡𝑡
12 D. Mental Math: 3% decrease = 1 − 0.03 = 0.97 and every 2 years = per year. This matches answer choice D.
2
60−𝑦𝑦
13 A. Mental Math: Remaining meals 60 − 𝑦𝑦. Remaining meals per cook = .
𝑥𝑥
*14 B. Plug 𝑥𝑥 = 55 and 𝑦𝑦 value from each answer choice, one at a time, in both the inequalities and evaluate. (*This
question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator, if a student is proficient in using the slider feature.)
15 2. Mental Math: Triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 are congruent 30: 60: 90 triangles, and 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶. Hence, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 =
𝑎𝑎: 𝑎𝑎√3: 2𝑎𝑎. Since 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝑎𝑎√3 = √3 , 𝑎𝑎 = 1 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶. Hence, 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 = 1 + 1 = 2.
*16 6. Mental Math: Determine the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex. The two factors are (𝑥𝑥 − 2) and (𝑥𝑥 − 10). The corresponding
𝑥𝑥-intercepts are 2 and 10. 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the vertex is their midpoint equal to 6. (*This question may be solved quicker
17 100. Set up proportion.

bottles with cracks 2 𝑥𝑥
= = → 400𝑥𝑥 = 2 × 20,000 → 𝑥𝑥 = 100
total bottles 400 20,000

124
−14−(−10) −4 1 1
*18 D. Slope of line 𝑟𝑟 = = = −2. Hence, slope of line 𝑞𝑞 = . The slope-intercept equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏.
0−(−2) 2 2 2
1 1
Determine 𝑏𝑏 for line 𝑞𝑞: −10 = (−2) + 𝑏𝑏 → −10 = −1 + 𝑏𝑏 → 𝑏𝑏 = −9. Hence, the equation is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 9.
2 2
Start with the 𝑥𝑥 value from the table in the first answer choice and plug it in the equation of line 𝑞𝑞. It must match with the
corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value. The table that contains all three correct 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 values is the correct choice. (*This question may be
solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
19 C.
sin of one acute angle and cos of the other acute angle add to 90°.
(2𝑎𝑎 − 20) + (3𝑎𝑎 + 10) = 90 → 5𝑎𝑎 − 10 = 90 → 5𝑎𝑎 = 100 → 𝑎𝑎 = 20.
*20 A. Convert quadratic equation to standard form and linear equation to slope-intercept form.
𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 − 2)(𝑥𝑥 + 8) → 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 6𝑥𝑥 − 16 and 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 → 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 11
Equate the two equations and create one quadratic equation. Factor the quadratic equation to determine the values of 𝑥𝑥.
𝑥𝑥 2 + 6𝑥𝑥 − 16 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 11 → 𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 0 → (𝑥𝑥 + 5)(𝑥𝑥 − 1) = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 = −5 and 1.
Plug the values of 𝑥𝑥 in either equation to determine 𝑦𝑦.
For 𝑥𝑥 = −5: 2(−5) − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 → −10 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 → 𝑦𝑦 = −10 − 11 = −21. Hence, Option I is a solution.
For 𝑥𝑥 = 1: 2(1) − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 → 2 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11 → 𝑦𝑦 = 2 − 11 = −9. Hence, Option II is not a solution.
*21 15. Since the system has no solution, the ratios of coefficients 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 in both the equations will be same.
3 1 3 𝑘𝑘 3 3 1 𝑘𝑘 1 + 𝑘𝑘
− 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 8 → − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑦𝑦 = 8 → −3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 8
2 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 4
5 1 1 3 3 5 1 3 3 1 3
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦 = + → 𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 1
2 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2
Equate the ratios.
3 1 + 𝑘𝑘 2 1 + 𝑘𝑘 1 1 + 𝑘𝑘
(−3) ÷ � � = � � ÷ −2 → −3 × = × − → −2 = → −2 × −8 = 1 + 𝑘𝑘 → 𝑘𝑘 = 15
2 4 3 4 2 −8
(*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator, if a student is proficient with the slider
feature.)
22 C. Since lines 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are tangent to the circle, ∠𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 and ∠𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 are 90°.
The sum of the angles of a quadrilateral = 360°. Hence, ∠𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 + ∠𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 + 𝑥𝑥 + ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 360.
2𝜋𝜋 180
For ease, convert 𝑥𝑥 to degrees. 𝑥𝑥 = × = 120°
3 𝜋𝜋
90 + 90 + 120 + ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 360 → 300 + ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 360 → ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 360 − 300 = 60
𝜋𝜋 2𝜋𝜋
∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and ∠𝑦𝑦 are on a straight line. Hence, ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + ∠𝑦𝑦 = 180 → 60 + ∠𝑦𝑦 = 180 → ∠𝑦𝑦 = 120° = 120 × = .
180 3

2 1 1 4 1 1 3 1 1 1
*1 A.. 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 = → 𝑥𝑥 = 1. (*This question may be solved quicker
3 6 2 6 6 2 6 2 2 2
*2 D. 3𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 3 + 5𝑥𝑥 2 .

5+7 5+10 12 15
*3 C. 𝑔𝑔(7) + 𝑔𝑔(10) = + = + = 4 + 5 = 9.
3 3 3 3
4 1. Company 1: Jan = 6. Feb = 8. Mar = 6. Apr = 7. May = 5. Jun = 2. Median of 2, 5, 6, 6, 7, 8 is 6 = 𝐴𝐴.

Company 2: Jan = 5. Feb = 2. Mar = 7. Apr = 5. May = 4. Jun = 6. Median of 2, 4, 5, 5, 6, 7 is 5 = 𝐵𝐵. 𝐴𝐴 − 𝐵𝐵 = 1.
5 C. Mental Math: Triangle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 is an isosceles triangle. Angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 = angle 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂. Central angle 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = corresponding arc
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 120°. Hence, sum of angles 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 and 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 is 60° and each angle is 30°.
6 7.5 6 6 6
6 7.5/60 or 1/8. 3𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − = 𝑥𝑥 + . The constants on both sides of the equation are not equal (− and + are not
15 20 15 15 15
the same). Hence, the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 on both sides of the equation must be equal to guarantee the equation has no solution.
7.5 7.5 1
3𝑚𝑚 = → 𝑚𝑚 = =
20 60 8
125
7 C. One fourth of 60 is 15. Hence, remaining are 45. 45 equally divided by 5 is 9. Hence, each table has 9 ballonns.
9
9 is what percent of 60 = × 100 = 15%
60
8 B. Mental Math: 𝑎𝑎 is the root of the expression and 2 is the exponent of the expression. Since (4𝑥𝑥)2 is 16𝑥𝑥 2 , the
𝑎𝑎
expression becomes √16𝑥𝑥 2 .
9 C. Determine the conditional relationship: Possible amounts saved per week can be 50 ≤ possible amount per week ≤ 75.
Possible amounts saved in 16 weeks can be (50 × 16) ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ (75 × 16) = 800 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,200.
Possible total amounts 𝐴𝐴 in the bank account in 16 weeks can be 400 + 800 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,200 + 400 → 1,200 ≤ 𝐴𝐴 ≤ 1,600.
*10 10. Total weight of boxes = (2 × 1) + (4 × 2) + (4 × 5) + (6 × 10) + (4 × 15) + (5 × 20) = 250.

250
Mean = = 10. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
25
11 9 or 10. The 3 conditions are 4 + 7 > 𝑐𝑐 → 11 > 𝑐𝑐 , 4 + 𝑐𝑐 > 7 → 𝑐𝑐 > 3 , and 7 + 𝑐𝑐 > 3 → 𝑐𝑐 > −4 . Hence,
11 > 𝑐𝑐 > 3. It is given that 𝑐𝑐 > 8. Hence, 𝑐𝑐 can be 9 or 10.
𝐶𝐶
*12 C. Mental Math: Evaluate the 𝑦𝑦-intercepts of the two equations in each answer choice as. . The 𝑦𝑦-intercept of one
𝐵𝐵
equation must be 1 and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of the other equation must be −2. This matches answer choice C.
*13 C. 𝑡𝑡(5) = (5)3 − ℎ(5 + 1) = (5)3 − ℎ(6). Plug in the definition of ℎ(𝑥𝑥): 𝑡𝑡(5) = (5)3 − ((6)2 − 26) =
125 − (36 − 26) = 125 − (10) = 115. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
*14 B. �4(2𝑥𝑥 + 3) = 2𝑥𝑥 → 8𝑥𝑥 + 12 = (2𝑥𝑥)2 → 8𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 4𝑥𝑥 2 → 4𝑥𝑥 2 − 8𝑥𝑥 − 12 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 0 →
(𝑥𝑥 + 1)(𝑥𝑥 − 3) → 𝑥𝑥 = −1 and 3. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
Check −1 for extraneous solution: �4((2 × −1) + 3) = 2 × −1 → √4 = −2 → 2 = −2 → extraneous solution.
Check 3 for extraneous solution: �4((2 × 3) + 3) = 2 × 3 → √36 = 6 → 6 = 6 → real solution.
*15 3. 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 2 + 8𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 3𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 12 = 6𝑥𝑥 2 + 17𝑥𝑥 + 12. Hence, 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 6 → 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 3.
*16 D. The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) + 5 is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 5𝑥𝑥 − 14 + 5 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 9. Start with the 𝑥𝑥 value of the point from the table
in the first answer choice. Plug it in the above equation and evaluate the corresponding 𝑦𝑦 value. It must match with the
𝑦𝑦 value in the table. The table that contains all three correct 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 values is the correct answer choice. (*This question may
be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
𝐶𝐶
17 B. The product of solution from standard form equation =
𝐴𝐴
. It is given that the product = 14. Hence,. 𝐴𝐴𝐶𝐶 = 14.
21 39 6 15 2 39 39
Rearrange to form standard form equation:. 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑐𝑐 = 0 → 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑐𝑐 = 0 → 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑐𝑐 = 0.
5 5 5 5 5 5
𝐶𝐶 1 −𝑐𝑐 1 3
Hence, 𝑎𝑎 = 3 and 𝑐𝑐 = −𝑐𝑐. Product = = → = → −4𝑐𝑐 = 3 → 𝑐𝑐 = − .
𝐴𝐴 4 3 4 4
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 5.6 7
18 A. . = → = → 5.6 × 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 7 × 3.5 → 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 4.375. This falls in answer choice A.
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 3.5 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷
*19 D. No Calculation Required: Both the lines in the graph have 𝑦𝑦-intercept = 1. This eliminates answer choices A and B.
Both the equations in the answer choice C have a positive slope. This eliminates answer choice C. As seen in the graph, one
line has a negative slope. (*This question may be solved quicker using the Desmos graphing calculator.)
6 1
20 B. Mental Math: Determine the components of exponential decay: 𝑟𝑟 = 0.25 = 25%. Time interval = = is once
30 5
every 5 minutes. This matches answer choice B.
21 20. cos 𝐶𝐶 = 0.8 = = = . 4 and 5 are ratios of Pythagorean triple 3: 4: 5. Hence, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴: 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵: 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 3: 4: 5 =
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷: 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸: 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 (sides of similar triangles have the same ratios for the corresponding sides). 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 15 is 5 times of 3, hence, all
sides of triangle are 5 times of 3: 4: 5 = 5(3: 4: 5) = 15: 20: 25 = 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷: 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸: 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 → 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 20.
22 A. Determine 𝑎𝑎: The graph gives the vertex and a point on the parabola. Plug these in the vertex form equation to
determine the value of 𝑎𝑎. 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑎𝑎(𝑥𝑥 − ℎ)2 + 𝑘𝑘 → 1 = 𝑎𝑎(2 − 1)2 + 3 → 1 = 𝑎𝑎(1)2 + 3 → 1 = 𝑎𝑎 + 3 → 𝑎𝑎 = −2.
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
Determine 𝑏𝑏: The 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of vertex is 1. Hence, − =1 → − =1 → − = 1 → 𝑏𝑏 = 4.
2𝑎𝑎 2�−2� −4
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑏𝑏 = −2 − 4 = −6.
126

127

Ela Sharma DSAT Practice Tests

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ela Sharma DSAT Practice Tests

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Digital SAT Math

Published in the United States of America.

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Digital SAT Math Practice Tests

How To Use This Book

Access Preparedness after Completing the SAT Preparation

Take 1-to-2-day Crash Course

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Step 1: Go for the quick wins

Step 2: Complete your study

Step 3: Test yourself

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Adaptive test design

Number of questions and duration

Reading and Writing Section Math Section

Total time allocated 64 minutes 70 minutes

Four-option multiple choice

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Digital SAT math section

Content Skill/Knowledge Required Operation Question Section in this

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Expression vs. Equation

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Solving Variables in Linear Equations

Solving Identical Expressions in Linear Equations

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

𝒙𝒙- and 𝒚𝒚-intercepts

Standard Form Equation

Horizontal and Vertical Lines

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Linear Functions Represented in a Table

Desmos Graphing Calculator:

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Unknown Constants and Coefficients in System of Linear Equations

(𝒙𝒙, 𝒚𝒚) pair in System of Linear Equations with One Solution

Desmos Graphing Calculator:

System of Linear Inequalities

𝑦𝑦 > 𝑥𝑥 + 2 𝑦𝑦 < −2𝑥𝑥 − 4 Overlapping Region (darker shaded region)

Desmos Graphing Calculator:

Two Unknown Numbers in Linear Equations

System of Linear Equations

System of Linear Inequalities

Desmos Graphing Calculator:

Zeros and Factors

Desmos Graphing Calculator:

Roots, 𝒙𝒙-intercepts, Zeros, and Solutions

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Standard Form Equation of a Parabola, Factors, Quadratic Formula, and Discriminant

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

Factored Form Equation of a Parabola

Intersections of Parabola and Lines

Equivalent Equations of a Parabola

Movement of a Ball (or a similar object) in Air

Desmos Graphing calculator:

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc

SAT Math 5 Practice Tests + Refresher Course Tutorhubllc